[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2024128040A1 - Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method - Google Patents

Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024128040A1
WO2024128040A1 PCT/JP2023/043179 JP2023043179W WO2024128040A1 WO 2024128040 A1 WO2024128040 A1 WO 2024128040A1 JP 2023043179 W JP2023043179 W JP 2023043179W WO 2024128040 A1 WO2024128040 A1 WO 2024128040A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
general formula
sensitive
radiation
atom
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/043179
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
洋平 石地
洋佑 戸次
佑真 楜澤
平 村上
研由 後藤
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2024128040A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024128040A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
  • a pattern formation method using chemical amplification has been used to compensate for the loss of sensitivity due to light absorption.
  • a photoacid generator contained in the exposed area is first decomposed by light irradiation to generate acid. Then, during a post-exposure bake (PEB) process, the catalytic action of the generated acid changes the alkali-insoluble groups of the resin contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition to alkali-soluble groups, thereby changing the solubility in the developer. After that, development is performed using, for example, a basic aqueous solution. This removes the exposed area to obtain the desired pattern.
  • PEB post-exposure bake
  • Patent Document 1 describes a positive resist composition that contains an ionic compound and a resin that has a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the ionic group in the ionic compound, and whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with X-rays, electron beams, or extreme ultraviolet rays.
  • EUV light Extreme Ultraviolet
  • EB Electron Beam
  • an object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is excellent in sensitivity and resolution in the formation of ultrafine patterns (for example, a line-and-space pattern with a line width of 20 nm or less, a hole pattern with a hole diameter of 20 nm or less, etc.).
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method for producing an electronic device, each of which uses the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • A2 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • a 1 in the general formula (1) is an organic group that satisfies the condition that the SP value in the compound represented by A 1 -O-C( ⁇ O)-CH ⁇ CH 2 is 21.00 to 25.00 MPa 1/2 .
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • EDG represents an electron donating group.
  • A3 represents a substituent.
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • p represents an integer of 0 to 5, provided that 1 ⁇ m+p ⁇ 5 is satisfied.
  • X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a 11 represents a group represented by any one of the following general formulas (2a) to (2d).
  • Z represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • AN represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R2 represents a substituent.
  • R1 and R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R3 represents an amide group, an imido group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, or a hydroxyl group.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5. When n is an integer of 2 to 5, multiple R 3 's may be the same or different.
  • R4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
  • R5 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • A2 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is excellent in sensitivity and resolution in forming ultrafine patterns (for example, a line-and-space pattern having a line width of 20 nm or less, or a hole pattern having a hole diameter of 20 nm or less). Furthermore, according to the present invention, there can be provided a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method for producing an electronic device, each of which uses the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the present invention will be described in detail below. The following description of the components may be based on a representative embodiment of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such an embodiment.
  • the notation of groups (atomic groups) that does not indicate whether they are substituted or unsubstituted includes both unsubstituted and substituted groups, unless it is contrary to the spirit of the present invention.
  • alkyl group includes not only alkyl groups that do not have a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl groups), but also alkyl groups that have a substituent (substituted alkyl groups).
  • organic group in the present specification refers to a group that contains at least one carbon atom.
  • the substituent is preferably a monovalent substituent.
  • actinic rays or “radiation” refers to, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, electron beams (EB: Electron Beam), etc.
  • light refers to actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure includes not only exposure to the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, EUV light, and the like, but also drawing with particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
  • the word “to” is used to mean that the numerical values before and after it are included as the lower limit and upper limit.
  • the bonding direction of the divalent group described in this specification is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, when Y is -COO- in a compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z", Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO-. In addition, the above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also called molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are defined as polystyrene equivalent values measured using a Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) device (Tosoh HLC-8120GPC) (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 ⁇ L, column: Tosoh TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: refractive index detector).
  • GPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • the acid dissociation constant (pKa) refers to the pKa in an aqueous solution, and is specifically a value calculated using the following software package 1 based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and publicly known literature values. All pKa values described in this specification are values calculated using this software package.
  • pKa can also be obtained by molecular orbital calculation.
  • a specific example of this method is a method of calculating H + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle.
  • the H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in literature, and the calculation method is not limited to this.
  • DFT density functional theory
  • Gaussian16 is an example.
  • the pKa in this specification refers to a value calculated using the software package 1 based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values.
  • a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT density functional theory
  • the pKa in this specification refers to "pKa in an aqueous solution” as described above, but when the pKa in an aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in a dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution” will be adopted.
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • halogen atoms include fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, and iodine atoms.
  • solids refers to components that form a resist film and does not include solvents.
  • any component that forms a resist film is considered to be a solid even if it is in liquid form.
  • the present invention relates to (A) an onium salt compound, and (B) The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3):
  • X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • A2 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • the present invention also provides a method for producing a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device comprising the steps of: (A) an onium salt compound, and
  • the present invention also relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3):
  • X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a 11 represents a group represented by any one of the following general formulas (2a) to (2d).
  • Z represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • AN represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R2 represents a substituent.
  • R1 and R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R3 represents an amide group, an imido group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, or a hydroxyl group.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • R4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
  • R5 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • A2 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is also referred to as a "resist composition.”
  • the resist composition of the present invention having the above-mentioned structure, is excellent in sensitivity and resolution in the formation of ultrafine patterns.
  • the reason for this is not clear in detail, but the present inventors speculate as follows.
  • the polymer (B) contained in the resist composition of the present invention has a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (3). Or, it has a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (3).
  • the polymer (B) having these repeating units becomes a polymer whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) by making A 11 in the general formula (2) a specific substituent, the unexposed part of the resist film formed using the resist composition of the present invention is less soluble in the developer.
  • the developer is typically a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • the resist composition of the present invention contains an onium salt compound (A).
  • the onium salt compound (A) may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or in the form of being incorporated into a part of a polymer.
  • the form of a low molecular weight compound and the form of being incorporated into a part of a polymer may be used in combination.
  • the onium salt compound (A) is in a form in which it is incorporated into a part of a polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the polymer (B) or into a polymer different from the polymer (B).
  • the onium salt compound (A) may be a compound that decomposes when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation, or may be a compound that does not decompose.
  • the compound that decomposes when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation may be a compound that decomposes when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation to generate an acid, or a compound that decomposes when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation to generate a base.
  • the onium salt compound (A) is preferably a compound having an onium salt structure that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (a photodecomposable onium salt compound).
  • the polymer (B) is likely to aggregate with the onium salt compound (A) in the unexposed area via the interactive group that may be contained in the polymer (B).
  • the onium salt compound (A) dissociates from the interactive group or the photodegradable onium salt compound is cleaved, so that the aggregated structure can be released.
  • the above-mentioned action further increases the dissolution contrast between the unexposed area and the exposed area in the resist film, making the effect of the present invention more excellent.
  • the photodecomposable onium salt compound is preferably a compound which has at least one salt structure moiety composed of an anion moiety and a cation moiety and which decomposes upon exposure to generate an acid (preferably an organic acid).
  • the above-mentioned salt structure portion of the photodecomposable onium salt compound is preferably composed of an organic cation portion and an organic anion portion having extremely low nucleophilicity, because it is easily decomposable upon exposure to light and has excellent organic acid generation properties.
  • the salt structure moiety may be a part or the whole of the photodecomposable onium salt compound.
  • the case where the salt structure moiety is a part of the photodecomposable onium salt compound corresponds to, for example, a structure in which two or more salt structure moieties are linked together, such as the photodecomposable onium salt PG2 described later.
  • the number of salt structure moieties in the photodecomposable onium salt is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • organic acid generated from the photodecomposable onium salt compound by the action of exposure to light examples include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphorsulfonic acids, etc.), carboxylic acids (aliphatic carboxylic acids, aromatic carboxylic acids, aralkyl carboxylic acids, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimide acids, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide acids, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acids.
  • the organic acid generated from the photodecomposable onium salt compound by the action of exposure may be a polyvalent acid having two or more acid groups.
  • the organic acid generated by decomposition of the photodecomposable onium salt compound by exposure is a polyvalent acid having two or more acid groups.
  • the cationic moiety constituting the salt structure moiety is preferably an organic cationic moiety, and among these, an organic cation represented by formula (ZaI) (cation (ZaI)) or an organic cation represented by formula (ZaII) (cation (ZaII)) as described below is preferred.
  • Photodecomposable onium salt compound PG1 An example of a suitable embodiment of the photodecomposable onium salt compound is an onium salt compound represented by "M + X - ", which generates an organic acid upon exposure to light (hereinafter also referred to as "photodecomposable onium salt compound PG1").
  • M + represents an organic cation
  • X - represents an organic anion.
  • the organic cation represented by M + in the photodecomposable onium salt compound PG1 is preferably an organic cation represented by formula (ZaI) (cation (ZaI)) or an organic cation represented by formula (ZaII) (cation (ZaII)).
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the organic group represented by R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 is usually 1 to 30, and preferably 1 to 20.
  • Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by bonding two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (e.g., a butylene group and a pentylene group) and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -.
  • Suitable embodiments of the organic cation in formula (ZaI) include cation (ZaI-1), cation (ZaI-2), an organic cation represented by formula (ZaI-3b) (cation (ZaI-3b)), and an organic cation represented by formula (ZaI-4b) (cation (ZaI-4b)), which will be described later.
  • the cation (ZaI-1) is an arylsulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the above formula (ZaI) is an aryl group.
  • the arylsulfonium cation all of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, with the remainder being alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups.
  • one of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, which may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group in the ring.
  • Examples of the group formed by bonding two of R 201 to R 203 include alkylene groups in which one or more methylene groups may be substituted with oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, ester groups, amide groups, and/or carbonyl groups (e.g., butylene group, pentylene group, or -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -).
  • arylsulfonium cation examples include triarylsulfonium cations, diarylalkylsulfonium cations, aryldialkylsulfonium cations, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cations, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cations.
  • the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure with an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue.
  • the arylsulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group which the arylsulfonium cation optionally has is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
  • Preferred substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may have are each independently an alkyl group (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (e.g., 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (e.g., 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylalkoxy group (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine, iodine), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an ester group, a sulfinyl group, a sulfonyl group, an alkylthio group, a phenylthio group, and the like.
  • an alkyl group e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • the above-mentioned substituent may further have a substituent if possible.
  • the above-mentioned alkyl group has a halogen atom as a substituent to form a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group.
  • Cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZaI) each independently represent an organic group not having an aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a heteroatom.
  • the organic group not having an aromatic ring represented by R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Each of R 201 to R 203 independently represents preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, and still more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group for R 201 to R 203 include linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and pentyl groups), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl groups).
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
  • the cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).
  • R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group.
  • R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (such as a t-butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
  • R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and each of these rings may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • the ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings.
  • the ring include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y includes alkylene groups such as butylene and pentylene, in which the methylene group may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the groups formed by combining R5c and R6c , and R5c and Rx are preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may each have a substituent.
  • the cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • r represents an integer of 0 to 8.
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (which may be a cycloalkyl group itself or a group containing a cycloalkyl group as a part). These groups may have a substituent.
  • a halogen atom e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group,
  • R 14 represents a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (may be a cycloalkyl group itself or a group containing a cycloalkyl group as a part). These groups may have a substituent.
  • a halogen atom e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.
  • each independently represents the above group such as a hydroxyl group.
  • Each R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one embodiment, it is preferable that two R 15 are alkylene groups and are bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, and the naphthyl group, as well as the ring formed by bonding two R 15 to each other may have a substituent.
  • the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 , and R 15 are preferably linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, or the like.
  • R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle with an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, or a pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group).
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms e.g., a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, or a pentyl group
  • a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms e.g
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (e.g., 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (e.g., 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
  • the organic anion represented by X 2 - in the photodecomposable onium salt compound PG1 is preferably a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion having an extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
  • non-nucleophilic anions include sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, camphorsulfonate anions, etc.), carboxylate anions (aliphatic carboxylate anions, aromatic carboxylate anions, aralkyl carboxylate anions, etc.), sulfonylimide anions, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anions, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anions.
  • the organic anion is preferably, for example, an organic anion represented by the following formula (DA):
  • a 31 - represents an anionic group.
  • R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • L a1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a 31 - and R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • a 31 - represents an anionic group.
  • the anionic group represented by A 31 - is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by formulae (BA-1) to (BA-14), and more preferably formulae (BA-1), (BA-2), (BA-3), (BA-4), (BA-5), (BA-6), (BA-10), (BA-12), (BA-13), and (BA-14).
  • R 1 X1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
  • each R X2 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Two R X2 in formula (BA-7) may be the same or different.
  • R XF1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a perfluoroalkyl group. Of the two R XF1 , at least one represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • R XF1 in formula (BA-8) may be the same or different.
  • R X3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
  • n1 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • R 2 XF2 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the bond to the bonding position represented by * in formula (BA-14) is preferably a phenylene group which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent which the phenylene group may have include a halogen atom.
  • R 1 X1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
  • R X1 is preferably an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms), or an aryl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • the above group represented by R X1 may have a substituent.
  • the atom in R X1 in formula (B-5) that is directly bonded to N- is neither a carbon atom in --CO-- nor a sulfur atom in --SO 2 --.
  • the cycloalkyl group in R X1 may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group in R X1 include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
  • the substituent that the cycloalkyl group in R X1 may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms). One or more of the carbon atoms that are ring members of the cycloalkyl group in R X1 may be replaced with a carbonyl carbon atom.
  • the alkyl group in R 3 X1 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent that the alkyl group in R may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. Examples of the cycloalkyl group as the substituent are the same as those described when R is a cycloalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group in R X1 has a fluorine atom as the above-mentioned substituent, the above-mentioned alkyl group may be a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group in R X1 may have one or more -CH 2 - substituted with a carbonyl group.
  • the aryl group in R X1 is preferably a phenyl group.
  • the substituent that the aryl group in R may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. Examples of the alkyl group as the substituent are the same as those described in the case where R is an alkyl group.
  • each R X2 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group (for example, an alkyl group not containing a fluorine atom and a cycloalkyl group not containing a fluorine atom).
  • the two R X2 in formula (BA-7) may be the same or different.
  • R XF1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a perfluoroalkyl group. However, among the multiple R XF1 , at least one represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the two R XF1 in formula (BA-8) may be the same or different.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R XF1 is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
  • R X3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
  • the halogen atom represented by R X3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • the monovalent organic group represented by R 1 X3 is the same as the monovalent organic group described as R 1 X1 .
  • n1 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • n1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1. When n1 represents an integer of 2 to 4, multiple R 3 X3 may be the same or different.
  • R 2 XF2 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R 2 XF2 preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the monovalent organic group for R a1 is not particularly limited, but preferably is 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably is 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R a1 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group may contain heteroatoms as ring members.
  • the heteroatom is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group may further have a substituent.
  • a 31- and R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L a1 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an aromatic group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, and a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably has 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include aromatic rings having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a thiophene ring, etc.
  • a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is preferable, and a benzene ring is more preferable.
  • the alkylene group, cycloalkylene group and aromatic group may further have a substituent, and the substituent is preferably a halogen atom.
  • L a1 preferably represents a single bond.
  • the photodecomposable onium salt compound PG1 it is also preferable to use, for example, the photoacid generators disclosed in paragraphs [0135] to [0171] of WO 2018/193954, paragraphs [0077] to [0116] of WO 2020/066824, and paragraphs [0018] to [0075] and [0334] to [0335] of WO 2017/154345.
  • the molecular weight of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and even more preferably 1,000 or less.
  • Photodecomposable onium salt compound PG2 Another example of a suitable embodiment of the photodecomposable onium salt compound includes the following compound (I) and compound (II) (hereinafter, "compound (I) and compound (II)” are also referred to as “photodecomposable onium salt compound PG2").
  • the photodecomposable onium salt compound PG2 has two or more of the above-mentioned salt structural moieties and is a compound that generates a polyvalent organic acid upon exposure to light.
  • the photodecomposable onium salt compound PG2 will now be described.
  • Compound (I) is a compound having one or more structural moieties X and one or more structural moieties Y, which generates an acid containing a first acidic moiety derived from the structural moiety X and a second acidic moiety derived from the structural moiety Y when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation:
  • Structural moiety X a structural moiety consisting of an anionic moiety A 1 - and a cationic moiety M 1 + , and which forms a first acidic moiety represented by HA 1 upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
  • Structural moiety Y a structural moiety consisting of an anionic moiety A 2 - and a cationic moiety M 2 + , and which forms a second acidic moiety represented by HA 2 upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
  • compound (I) satisfies the following condition I.
  • Compound PI which is obtained by replacing the cationic moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X and the cationic moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y in compound (I) with H + , has an acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic moiety represented by HA 1 , which is obtained by replacing the cationic moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X with H + , and an acid dissociation constant a2 derived from the acidic moiety represented by HA 2 , which is obtained by replacing the cationic moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y with H + , and the acid dissociation constant a2 is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1.
  • the compound PI corresponds to an acid generated when compound (I) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the structural moieties X may be the same or different from each other.
  • the two or more A 1 ⁇ and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different from each other.
  • the A 1 - and A 2 - , and the M 1 + and M 2 + may be the same or different, but it is preferable that the A 1 - and A 2 - are different.
  • the anionic moiety A 1 - and the anionic moiety A 2 - are structural moieties containing a negatively charged atom or atomic group, and examples thereof include structural moieties selected from the group consisting of the following formulae (AA-1) to (AA-3) and (BB-1) to (BB-6). In the following formulae (AA-1) to (AA-3) and (BB-1) to (BB-6), * represents a bonding position.
  • R A represents a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R A include a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a methanesulfonyl group.
  • the cationic moiety M 1 + and the cationic moiety M 2 + are structural moieties containing a positively charged atom or atomic group, and examples thereof include organic cations having a monovalent charge.
  • the organic cation is not particularly limited, but is preferably an organic cation represented by the above formula (ZaI) (cation (ZaI)) or an organic cation represented by the above formula (ZaII) (cation (ZaII)).
  • Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Z, and is a compound that generates an acid containing two or more of the first acidic moieties derived from the structural moiety X and the structural moiety Z when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • Structural moiety Z a non-ionic moiety capable of neutralizing an acid
  • the compound (II) can generate a compound PII (acid) having an acidic site represented by HA 1 in which the cationic site M 1 + in the structural site X is replaced with H + .
  • the compound PII represents a compound having the acidic site represented by HA 1 and a structural site Z which is a nonionic site capable of neutralizing an acid.
  • the definition of the structural moiety X, and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (II) are the same as the definition of the structural moiety X, and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (I) described above, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the two or more structural moieties X may be the same or different from each other, and the two or more A 1 ⁇ and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different from each other.
  • the nonionic moiety capable of neutralizing an acid in the structural moiety Z is not particularly limited, and is preferably, for example, a moiety containing a functional group having an electron or a group capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton.
  • functional groups having a group or electrons capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton include functional groups having a macrocyclic structure such as cyclic polyether, or functional groups having a nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation.
  • the nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula:
  • Examples of partial structures of functional groups having groups or electrons that can electrostatically interact with protons include crown ether structures, azacrown ether structures, primary to tertiary amine structures, pyridine structures, imidazole structures, and pyrazine structures, with primary to tertiary amine structures being preferred.
  • the molecular weight of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 is preferably 100 to 10,000, more preferably 100 to 2,500, and even more preferably 100 to 1,500.
  • the content of the onium salt compound (A) in the resist composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 mass% or more, more preferably 1.0 mass% or more, and even more preferably 5.0 mass% or more, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. Also, the content of the onium salt compound (A) is preferably 50.0 mass% or less, and more preferably 40.0 mass% or less, based on the total solid content of the resist composition.
  • the onium salt compound (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • composition of the present invention contains a polymer (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (B)) having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3).
  • Polymer (B) is a resin whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
  • X is preferably a chlorine atom, since this provides a more excellent effect of the present invention.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic group represented by R 0 is not particularly limited, but is preferably a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably has 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom or an iodine atom) and an acidic group having an acidic proton, which will be described later.
  • R 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom in that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the term "SP value (solubility parameters)" means "the value of the solubility parameter".
  • the SP value is derived using the Hansen method.
  • the Hansen method expresses the energy of a substance as three components, namely, a dispersion energy term ( ⁇ D ), a polarization energy term ( ⁇ P ), and a hydrogen bond energy term ( ⁇ H ), and expresses them as vectors in a three-dimensional space.
  • the SP value is a value calculated by the software Hansen Solubility Parameters in Practice (HSPiP) ver. 4.1.07.
  • HSPiP Hansen Solubility Parameters in Practice
  • the SP value of each component is calculated based on the following formula (spa), where the unit of the SP value is MPa 1/2 .
  • [SP value] ( ⁇ D 2 + ⁇ P 2 + ⁇ H 2 ) 1/2 (spa)
  • a 1 represents an organic group having an SP value of 21.00 MPa 1/2 or more in the compound represented by A 1 -O-C( ⁇ O)—CH ⁇ CH 2.
  • the SP value By setting the SP value to 21.00 MPa 1/2 or more, it is possible to reduce the solubility in a developer in the unexposed areas in the resist film formed from the resist composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the SP value is preferably 22.00 MPa 1/2 or more, and more preferably 23.00 MPa 1/2 or more.
  • the upper limit of the SP value is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the solubility of the coating liquid, it is preferably 35.00 MPa 1/2 or less.
  • the upper limit of the SP value is more preferably 30.00 MPa 1/2 or less, and even more preferably 25.00 MPa 1/2 or less.
  • the SP value can be adjusted to fall within the above-mentioned range, for example, by selecting A1 in general formula (1) from a group having a nitrogen-containing aromatic group; a group having an acidic group having an acidic proton; a group having a polar group other than the above; and the like.
  • the nitrogen-containing aromatic group may be a group represented by the general formula (2a) described below.
  • R Q represents a substituent
  • an imide group -CO-NR Q -COR group or -N-(COR) 2 group
  • a sulfonylimido group -SO 2 -NR Q -SO 2 R P group
  • the polymer (B) preferably has a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton.
  • This acidic group having an acidic proton is an interactive group that can interact with the onium salt compound (A) in the resist composition, so that in the unexposed areas of the resist film formed using the resist composition of the present invention, the onium salt compound (A) and the polymer (B) interact with each other, making the resist film less soluble in the developer.
  • the main chain of the polymer (B) decomposes, and the interaction between the onium salt compound (A) and the polymer (B) is released, making the resist film more soluble in the developer.
  • the above action increases the dissolution contrast between the unexposed and exposed areas of the resist film, which is considered to be a superior effect of the present invention.
  • the repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton may be any repeating unit constituting the polymer (B).
  • the repeating unit is a repeating unit represented by general formula (1), and it is more preferable that A1 in general formula (1) represents an organic group containing an acidic group having an acidic proton.
  • a 1 in general formula (1) represents an organic group containing an acidic group having an acidic proton.
  • the repeating unit represented by general formula (1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2):
  • X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a 11 represents a group represented by any one of the following general formulas (2a) to (2d).
  • Z represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom
  • AN represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 2 represents a substituent.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R3 represents an amide group, an imide group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, or a hydroxyl group.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5. When n represents an integer of 2 to 5, multiple R3s may be the same or different.
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
  • R 5 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
  • X and R 0 in formula (2) have the same meaning as X and R 0 in formula (1), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, and a group formed by combining these groups.
  • the alkylene group may be either a straight chain or a branched chain.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 or 2 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkylene group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkylene group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 15, and more preferably 5 to 10.
  • the arylene group may be either a monocyclic or polycyclic ring, and is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the arylene group is preferably a phenylene group or a naphthylene group, and more preferably a phenylene group.
  • the divalent linking group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom or an iodine atom).
  • L is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group, and more preferably a single bond, a methylene group, or an ethylene group.
  • a 11 represents a group represented by any one of formulas (2a) to (2d) above.
  • Z represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom
  • AN represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
  • the aromatic ring in the nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by AN may be a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring.
  • the number of nitrogen atoms contained in the aromatic ring is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2. Examples of the aromatic ring include a nitrogen-containing aromatic ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a pyrrole ring examples include a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiazole ring, an oxazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a benzimidazole ring, and a benzotriazole ring.
  • a monocyclic ring is preferable, and an imidazole ring or a pyridine ring is more preferable.
  • the nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by AN may further have a substituent.
  • Preferred examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a cyano group.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 2 represents a substituent.
  • Substituents represented by R 1 include alkyl groups, aryl groups, or nitrogen-containing aromatic groups.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group represented by R 1 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
  • the nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by R 1 includes the group represented by the above general formula (2a).
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Substituents represented by R2 include alkyl groups, aryl groups, or nitrogen-containing aromatic groups.
  • Examples of the alkyl group, aryl group, and nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by R2 include the same groups as the alkyl group, aryl group, and nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by R1 , and preferred examples are also the same.
  • R2 preferably represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and more preferably represents a methyl group or a phenyl group.
  • R1 and R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R1 and R2 are bonded to each other to form a ring having an imide structure.
  • the group represented by general formula (2b) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (2bc).
  • Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent -C(Rz) 2 - or -NRz-, where each Rz independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group represented by Rz include the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R2 above.
  • Rz contained in Z1 and Rz contained in Z2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the ring formed by bonding multiple Rz include an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring such as a cyclopentane ring or a cyclohexane ring, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as a phenyl group.
  • R3 represents an amide group, an imido group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, or a hydroxyl group.
  • the amide group represented by R3 includes the group represented by the above general formula (2b).
  • the imido group represented by R3 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (M1) or (M2).
  • R M1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • R M2 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • R M3 and R M4 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 1 M1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group represented by R M1 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
  • R M2 examples include the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R M1 above, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • R M2 may bond to a ring-membered carbon atom of the phenyl group shown in general formula (2c) to form a ring.
  • Examples of the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R M3 and R M4 include the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R M1 , and preferred examples are also the same.
  • R M3 and R M4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R M1 , R M2 , R M3 and R M4 may further have a substituent, preferably a halogen atom.
  • the alkyl group in the alkylcarbonyl group represented by R 3 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group in the arylcarbonyl group represented by R3 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
  • R3 preferably represents a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group.
  • n represents an integer from 1 to 5.
  • n is preferably an integer from 1 to 3, and more preferably 2 or 3.
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 4 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group represented by R4 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
  • the nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by R4 includes the group represented by the above general formula (2a).
  • R4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or a phenyl group.
  • R 5 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
  • alkyl group, aryl group and nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by R5 include the alkyl group, aryl group and nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by R4 .
  • R5 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a methyl group.
  • a 11 is preferably a group represented by general formula (2a) or general formula (2c), and more preferably a group represented by general formula (2c).
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 40 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units, and the upper limit is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, even more preferably 70 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 60 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) may be contained in the polymer (B) alone or in two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are contained, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferable content range.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • A2 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. From the viewpoint of improving the efficiency of decomposition of the main chain, a methyl group is more preferable.
  • Examples of the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group represented by A2 include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocycle.
  • the aromatic ring may be a monocycle or a polycycle.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include aromatic hydrocarbon rings having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Specific examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an indene ring, an anthracene ring, and an acenaphthylene ring, with a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring being preferred, and a benzene ring being more preferred.
  • the aromatic heterocycle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include aromatic heterocycles having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (heteroatoms contained in the ring include, for example, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, etc.). Specific examples thereof include a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, etc., with the thiophene ring, furan ring, benzimidazole ring, and benzothiazole ring being preferred, and the benzimidazole ring or benzothiazole ring being more preferred.
  • the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group represented by A2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, more preferably a benzene ring.
  • the aromatic ring group represented by A 2 may further have a substituent.
  • the substituent of the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, an acidic group having an acidic proton, and an electron-donating group.
  • Halogen atoms include fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, iodine atoms, etc.
  • halogenated alkyl groups include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in which any hydrogen atom has been replaced with a halogen atom.
  • Examples of the acidic group having an acidic proton include the acidic group having an acidic proton in the group having an acidic group having an acidic proton as A 1 in the above general formula (1).
  • Preferred examples of the electron-donating group include electron-donating groups having a Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value of less than 0.
  • the Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ value is a numerical representation of the effect of a substituent on the acid dissociation equilibrium constant of a substituted benzoic acid, and is a parameter indicating the strength of the electron-withdrawing and electron-donating properties of the substituent.
  • the Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value (hereinafter also simply referred to as the " ⁇ p value") means the substituent constant ⁇ when the substituent is located at the para position of the benzoic acid.
  • the ⁇ p value of each group in this specification is the value described in the literature "Hansch et al., Chemical Reviews, 1991, Vol. 91, No. 2, 165-195".
  • the ⁇ p value can be calculated based on the difference between the pKa of benzoic acid and the pKa of a benzoic acid derivative having a substituent at the para position using the software "ACD/ChemSketch (ACD/Labs 8.00 Release Product Version: 8.08)".
  • the ⁇ p value of the electron-donating group is preferably -0.05 or less, and more preferably -0.1 or less. There is no particular lower limit to the ⁇ p value of the electron-donating group, but it is preferably -0.9 or more.
  • Examples of the electron-donating group having a Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value of less than 0 include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group.
  • the alkyl group moiety in the alkoxy group serving as the electron-donating group is preferably the above-mentioned alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group moiety in the alkylthio group serving as the electron-donating group is preferably the above-mentioned alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group moiety in the dialkylamino group as the electron-donating group is preferably the above alkyl group.
  • the two alkyl groups in the dialkylamino group may be the same or different.
  • the electron donating group is preferably at least one group selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group, and more preferably at least one group selected from an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group.
  • A2 is preferably an aromatic ring group having an electron-donating group. Also, A2 is preferably an aromatic ring group having an electron-donating group and an acidic group having an acidic proton as a substituent.
  • the number of electron-donating groups in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 4, and more preferably 2 or 3.
  • the repeating unit represented by general formula (3) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (4):
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • EDG represents an electron donating group.
  • A3 represents a substituent.
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • p represents an integer of 0 to 5, provided that 1 ⁇ m+p ⁇ 5 is satisfied.
  • Y in general formula (4) has the same meaning as Y in general formula (3), and the preferred examples are also the same.
  • EDG in the general formula (4) examples include the electron-donating groups described as the substituent that A2 in the general formula (3) may have, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • A3 in the general formula (4) may be a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, or an acidic group having an acidic proton, as described above as a substituent that A2 in the general formula (3) may have, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • A3 is a group different from the electron donating group.
  • n is preferably an integer of 2 to 4, and more preferably 2 or 3.
  • p is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 40 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units.
  • the upper limit is, for example, preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, even more preferably 80 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 60 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) may be contained in one kind alone or in two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are contained, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferable content range.
  • the polymer (B) may contain repeating units other than the repeating units described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the repeating unit may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (5):
  • the repeating units represented by general formula (5) those corresponding to the repeating units represented by the above-mentioned general formula (1) are treated as repeating units represented by general formula (1).
  • X1 represents a halogen atom.
  • R 01 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • L1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a 21 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a lactone group, or a group containing an onium salt structure.
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by X 1 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • Examples of the organic group represented by R 01 include the groups described as the organic group represented by R 0 in the above general formula (1), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 include the groups described as the divalent linking group represented by L in the above general formula (1), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • a 21 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a lactone group, or a group containing an onium salt structure.
  • the alkyl group represented by A 21 may be a linear or branched alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and further preferably 1 to 6.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by A 21 may be either a monocyclic or polycyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but is, for example, preferably 5 to 15, and more preferably 5 to 10.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by A 21 may be either a monocyclic or polycyclic ring, and is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the lactone group represented by A 21 is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone group, and more preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone ring to which another ring structure is condensed in the form of a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure.
  • the onium salt structure in the group containing an onium salt structure represented by A 21 is a structural moiety having an ion pair of a cation and an anion, and is preferably a structural moiety represented by "X n- nM + " (n represents, for example, an integer of 1 to 3, and preferably represents 1 or 2).
  • M + represents a structural moiety containing a positively charged atom or atomic group
  • Xn- represents a structural moiety containing a negatively charged atom or atomic group.
  • the anion in the onium base is preferably a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion with a significantly low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
  • the anion in the onium base is a non-nucleophilic anion
  • it is likely to form a photodecomposition type onium salt structure.
  • Specific examples of the non-nucleophilic anion include the non-nucleophilic anion described above as the generated acid of the photodecomposition type onium salt compound.
  • the above group represented by A 21 may further have a substituent.
  • polymer (B) contains other repeating units
  • the content of these repeating units is preferably 30 mol % or less, and more preferably 15 mol % or less, based on the total number of repeating units.
  • the present invention also relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising (A) an onium salt compound and (B) a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) and a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (3). Details of each repeating unit, the preferred range of the content relative to all repeating units of the polymer, and other repeating units that may be contained are as described above.
  • the polymer (B) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (B) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,500 to 150,000, and even more preferably 25,000 to 80,000, as calculated in terms of polystyrene by the GPC method.
  • the weight average molecular weight is within the above range, deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be further suppressed.
  • deterioration of developability and deterioration of film formability due to an increase in viscosity can be further suppressed.
  • the polydispersity (molecular weight distribution) of the polymer (B) is usually 1.0 to 5.0, preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and even more preferably 1.2 to 2.0.
  • the content of the polymer (B) is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, even more preferably 65% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 70% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the upper limit is preferably 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or less.
  • the polymer (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned suitable content range.
  • the resist composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent preferably contains (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and (M2) at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactate ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionate ester, linear ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate.
  • the solvent may further contain components other than the components (M1) and (M2).
  • component (M1) at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate is preferred, with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) being more preferred.
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • the propylene glycol monoalkyl ether propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) and propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE) are preferred.
  • the lactate ester is preferably ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, or propyl lactate.
  • the acetate ester is preferably methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, or 3-methoxybutyl acetate. Also preferred is butyl butyrate.
  • alkoxypropionate methyl 3-methoxypropionate (MMP) or ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (EEP) is preferred.
  • chain ketone 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methyl naphthyl ketone, or methyl amyl ketone is preferred.
  • the cyclic ketone is preferably methylcyclohexanone, isophorone, cyclopentanone, or cyclohexanone.
  • the lactone is preferably ⁇ -butyrolactone.
  • the alkylene carbonate propylene carbonate is preferred.
  • component (M2) is propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), ethyl lactate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl amyl ketone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, gamma-butyrolactone, or propylene carbonate.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • ethyl lactate ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate
  • methyl amyl ketone cyclohexanone
  • butyl acetate pentyl acetate
  • gamma-butyrolactone gamma-butyrolactone
  • the solvent preferably includes an ester-based solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms (preferably 7 to 14, more preferably 7 to 12, and even more preferably 7 to 10) and 2 or less heteroatoms.
  • an ester-based solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatoms amyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, butyl propionate, isobutyl isobutyrate, heptyl propionate, or butyl butanoate is preferred, and isoamyl acetate is more preferred.
  • the component (M2) those having a flash point (hereinafter also referred to as fp) of 37° C. or more are preferable.
  • fp flash point
  • a component (M2) propylene glycol monomethyl ether (fp: 47° C.), ethyl lactate (fp: 53° C.), ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (fp: 49° C.), methyl amyl ketone (fp: 42° C.), cyclohexanone (fp: 44° C.), pentyl acetate (fp: 45° C.), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate (fp: 45° C.), ⁇ -butyrolactone (fp: 101° C.), or propylene carbonate (fp: 132° C.) are preferable.
  • propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethyl lactate, pentyl acetate, or cyclohexanone are more preferable, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether or ethyl lactate are even more preferable.
  • flash point herein refers to the value listed in the reagent catalog of Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. or Sigma-Aldrich Co.
  • the solvent preferably contains the component (M1). More preferably, the solvent consists essentially of the component (M1) alone, or is a mixed solvent of the component (M1) and other components. In the latter case, the solvent further preferably contains both the component (M1) and the component (M2).
  • the mass ratio (M1/M2) of the component (M1) to the component (M2) is preferably in the range of "100/0" to "15/85", more preferably in the range of "100/0" to "40/60", and even more preferably in the range of "100/0" to "60/40".
  • the solvent is preferably composed of only the component (M1) or contains both the component (M1) and the component (M2), and the mass ratio thereof is as follows.
  • the mass ratio of the component (M1) to the component (M2) is preferably 15/85 or more, more preferably 40/60 or more, and even more preferably 60/40 or more.
  • the mass ratio of component (M1) to component (M2) can be, for example, 99/1 or less.
  • the solvent further contains components other than components (M1) and (M2)
  • the content of the components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30 mass % based on the total amount of the solvent.
  • the content of the solvent in the resist composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solids concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 20% by mass, in order to provide better coatability.
  • the resist composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin different from the polymer (B).
  • the hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and does not necessarily have to contribute to uniform mixing of polar and non-polar substances.
  • the effects of adding a hydrophobic resin include control of the static and dynamic contact angles of the resist film surface with respect to the developer, and suppression of outgassing.
  • the hydrophobic resin preferably has at least one of fluorine atoms, silicon atoms, and CH3 partial structures contained in the side chain portion of the resin, more preferably has at least two of them.
  • the hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chain. Examples of hydrophobic resins include the compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of WO 2020/004306.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably from 0.01 to 20.0 mass %, and more preferably from 0.1 to 15.0 mass %, based on the total solid content of the resist composition.
  • the hydrophobic resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the resist composition may contain a surfactant, which can provide a pattern with better adhesion and fewer development defects.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
  • fluorine-based and/or silicone-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of WO 2018/193954.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably from 0.0001 to 2 mass %, and more preferably from 0.0005 to 1 mass %, based on the total solid content of the resist composition.
  • the surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more surfactants are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the present invention also relates to a resist film formed using the above actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the present invention also relates to a pattern forming method, comprising the steps of forming a film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, exposing the film to light, and developing the exposed film using a developer.
  • the procedure for forming a pattern using the resist composition is not particularly limited, but it is preferable for the method to include the following steps.
  • Step 1 Forming a resist film on a substrate using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • Step 2 Exposing the resist film
  • Step 3 Developing the exposed resist film using a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the resist composition is as defined above.
  • An example of a method for forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition is a method in which the resist composition is applied onto a substrate. It is preferable to filter the resist composition before coating as necessary.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the resist composition can be applied onto a substrate (e.g., silicon, silicon dioxide-coated) such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit elements by a suitable application method such as a spinner or coater.
  • a suitable application method such as a spinner or coater.
  • the application method is preferably spin coating using a spinner.
  • the rotation speed when spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute).
  • the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. If necessary, various undercoats (inorganic films, organic films, anti-reflective films) may be formed under the resist film.
  • the drying method may be, for example, a method of drying by heating. Heating can be performed by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or a developing machine, and may also be performed using a hot plate or the like.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, and even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, and even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
  • the thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm, since it allows for the formation of fine patterns with higher accuracy.
  • the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm.
  • the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
  • a top coat may be formed on the resist film using a top coat composition. It is preferable that the top coat composition does not mix with the resist film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film.
  • the top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method. For example, a top coat can be formed based on the description in paragraphs [0072] to [0082] of JP2014-059543A. For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-061648 on the resist film.
  • the top coat also preferably contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
  • Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film to light.
  • the exposure method may be a method in which the formed resist film is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
  • actinic rays or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, and preferably far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and particularly preferably 1 to 200 nm, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • the heating temperature is preferably from 80 to 150°C, more preferably from 80 to 140°C, and even more preferably from 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably from 10 to 1,000 seconds, more preferably from 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably from 30 to 120 seconds. Heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
  • Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film with a developer to form a pattern.
  • the developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer), but is preferably an organic developer.
  • Examples of the developing method include a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of piling up the developing solution on the substrate surface by surface tension and leaving it still for a certain period of time to develop (paddle method), a method of spraying the developing solution on the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developing solution while scanning a developing solution discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispense method).
  • dip method a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time
  • spray method a method of spraying the developing solution on the substrate surface
  • dynamic dispense method a method of continuously discharging the developing solution while scanning a developing solution discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed
  • the development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed area is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably from 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably from 20 to 120 seconds.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably from 0 to 50°C, and more preferably from 15 to 35°C.
  • the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous alkaline solution containing an alkali.
  • aqueous alkaline solution containing an aqueous alkaline solution containing a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide, an inorganic alkali, a primary amine, a secondary amine, a tertiary amine, an alcohol amine, or a cyclic amine.
  • the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH).
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • Appropriate amounts of alcohols, surfactants, etc. may be added to the alkaline developer.
  • the alkaline concentration of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 10.0 to 15.0.
  • the organic developer preferably contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.
  • the above-mentioned solvents may be mixed in combination, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or with water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, still more preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the developer.
  • the above pattern forming method preferably includes, after step 3, a step of washing with a rinsing liquid.
  • the rinse liquid used in the rinse step following the step of developing with an alkaline developer is, for example, pure water, to which an appropriate amount of a surfactant may be added.
  • a suitable amount of a surfactant may be added to the rinse solution.
  • the rinse liquid used in the rinse step following the development step using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. It is preferable to use a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents.
  • the method of the rinsing step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of continuously discharging a rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (spin coating method), a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time (dip method), and a method of spraying the rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may also include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. This step removes the developer and rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the pattern due to baking. This step also has the effect of annealing the resist pattern and improving the surface roughness of the pattern.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 250°C (preferably 90 to 200°C) for usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
  • the formed pattern may be used as a mask to perform an etching process on the substrate. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
  • the method for processing the substrate is not particularly limited, a method is preferred in which the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) is dry-etched using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask to form a pattern on the substrate.
  • the dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
  • the resist composition and various materials used in the pattern formation method of the present invention preferably do not contain impurities such as metals.
  • the content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, even more preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
  • examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W, and Zn.
  • methods for reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials include, for example, selecting raw materials with low metal content as the raw materials that make up the various materials, filtering the raw materials that make up the various materials, and performing distillation under conditions that minimize contamination as much as possible, such as lining the inside of the equipment with Teflon (registered trademark).
  • impurities may be removed using an adsorbent, or a combination of filtration and an adsorbent may be used.
  • adsorbent known adsorbents can be used, for example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite
  • organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • the content of metal components contained in the cleaning solution after use is preferably 100 ppt by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppt by mass or less, and even more preferably 1 ppt by mass or less.
  • the resist composition may contain water as an impurity.
  • water When water is contained as an impurity, the smaller the water content, the more preferable, but the resist composition may contain 1 to 30,000 ppm by mass of water as a whole.
  • the resist composition may contain a residual monomer as an impurity (for example, a monomer derived from the raw material monomer used in the synthesis of the polymer (B)).
  • the resist composition contains a residual monomer as an impurity, the smaller the content of the residual monomer, the more preferable, but the resist composition may contain the residual monomer in an amount of 1 to 30,000 ppm by mass relative to the total solid content of the resist composition.
  • An organic processing liquid such as a rinse liquid may contain a conductive compound to prevent breakdown of chemical liquid piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity buildup and subsequent static electricity discharge.
  • the conductive compound is not particularly limited, but an example thereof is methanol.
  • the amount added is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of maintaining favorable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics, it is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less.
  • the chemical liquid piping may be made of, for example, stainless steel (SUS), or various piping coated with antistatic polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.).
  • the filter and O-ring may be made of antistatic polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.).
  • the present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device, which includes the above-mentioned pattern formation method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • the electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted in electric and electronic equipment (such as home appliances, OA (Office Automation), media-related equipment, optical equipment, and communication equipment).
  • Table 2 shows the compositions of polymers B-1 to B-20 and RB-1 to RB-6 (types of raw material monomers, composition ratios of repeating units (mol %), weight average molecular weights (Mw), and dispersity (Mw/Mn)).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw/Mn) of polymers B-1 to B-20 and RB-1 to RB-6 were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (polystyrene equivalent).
  • the composition ratio (mol % ratio) of the polymers was measured by 13 C-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance).
  • Table 2 also shows the SP value (unit: MPa 1/2 ) of the compound represented by A 1 -O-C( ⁇ O)-CH ⁇ CH 2 for the repeating unit represented by general formula (1) (shown as repeating unit 1 in Table 2).
  • the SP value was measured by the above-mentioned method, and the SP value was calculated by the above-mentioned software Hansen Solubility Parameters in Practice (HSPiP) ver. 4.1.07.
  • the respective raw material monomers are as follows.
  • the raw material monomer for repeating unit 1 in Table 1 is a raw material monomer for the repeating unit represented by general formula (1) selected from monomers M-1 to M-14 below.
  • the raw material monomer for repeating unit 2 in Table 1 is a raw material monomer for the repeating unit represented by general formula (2) selected from monomers N-1 to N-8 below.
  • N-7 and N-8 the ⁇ p value of each group shown as an electron-donating group was all less than 0.
  • composition ratio (molar ratio) of the repeating units of the resin B-6 determined by 13 C-NMR was 54/46 (repeating units derived from monomer M-7/repeating units derived from monomer N-7).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the obtained resin B-6 measured by GPC was 40,000, and the polydispersity (Mw/Mn) was 1.79.
  • the amount of the remaining monomer was measured, and was found to be 0.1% by mass or less relative to the amount of the resin B-6.
  • Onium Salt Compound (A) The structures of the onium salt compounds (A-1 to A-4) shown in Table 3 are shown below. All of the onium salt compounds (A-1 to A-4) are photodecomposable onium salt compounds.
  • the silicon wafer having the resist film obtained by the above procedure was subjected to pattern irradiation using an EUV exposure device (Micro Exposure Tool, NA 0.3, Quadrupol, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech).
  • EUV exposure device Micro Exposure Tool, NA 0.3, Quadrupol, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech.
  • a reticle a mask with a line:space ratio of 1:1 was used.
  • the exposed resist film was baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds, developed with butyl acetate for 30 seconds, rinsed with butyl acetate, and spin-dried to obtain a pattern.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is excellent in sensitivity and resolution in the formation of ultrafine patterns (for example, a line-and-space pattern having a line width of 20 nm or less, or a hole pattern having a hole diameter of 20 nm or less). Furthermore, according to the present invention, there can be provided a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method for producing an electronic device, each of which uses the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: an active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition including (A) an onium salt compound and (B) a polymer having a repeating unit expressed by a specific general formula (1) and a repeating unit expressed by a specific general formula (3); a resist film formed using the active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition; a pattern formation method comprising a step for forming a resist film on a substrate using the active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a step for exposing the resist film, and a step for developing the light-exposed resist film using a developing solution; and an electronic device production method.

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
 KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)用レジスト以降、光吸収による感度低下を補うべく、化学増幅を利用したパターン形成方法が用いられている。例えば、ポジ型の化学増幅法では、まず、露光部に含まれる光酸発生剤が、光照射により分解して酸を発生する。そして、露光後のベーク(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)過程等において、発生した酸の触媒作用により、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂が有するアルカリ不溶性の基をアルカリ可溶性の基に変化させる等して現像液に対する溶解性を変化させる。その後、例えば塩基性水溶液を用いて、現像を行う。これにより、露光部を除去して、所望のパターンを得る。 After resists for KrF excimer lasers (248 nm), a pattern formation method using chemical amplification has been used to compensate for the loss of sensitivity due to light absorption. For example, in the positive-tone chemical amplification method, a photoacid generator contained in the exposed area is first decomposed by light irradiation to generate acid. Then, during a post-exposure bake (PEB) process, the catalytic action of the generated acid changes the alkali-insoluble groups of the resin contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition to alkali-soluble groups, thereby changing the solubility in the developer. After that, development is performed using, for example, a basic aqueous solution. This removes the exposed area to obtain the desired pattern.
 また、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が切断される重合体を用いたパターン形成方法も知られている。
 例えば、特許文献1には、イオン性化合物、及び、イオン性化合物におけるイオン性基と相互作用する相互作用性基を有する繰り返し単位を有し、X線、電子線又は極紫外線の照射により主鎖が分解する樹脂を含有するポジ型レジスト組成物が記載されている。
Also known is a pattern formation method using a polymer whose main chain is cleaved upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
For example, Patent Document 1 describes a positive resist composition that contains an ionic compound and a resin that has a repeating unit having an interactive group that interacts with the ionic group in the ionic compound, and whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with X-rays, electron beams, or extreme ultraviolet rays.
国際公開第2021/153466号International Publication No. 2021/153466
 昨今、半導体素子の微細化のために、露光光源の短波長化及び投影レンズの高開口数(高NA)化が進み、例えば、極端紫外線(EUV光: Extreme Ultraviolet)及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)を光源としたパターン形成方法も検討されつつある。このような現状のもと、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物には性能の更なる向上が求められている。 Recently, in order to miniaturize semiconductor elements, the wavelength of exposure light sources has become shorter and the numerical aperture (NA) of projection lenses has become higher. For example, pattern formation methods using extreme ultraviolet (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet) and electron beam (EB: Electron Beam) as light sources are also being considered. Under these circumstances, further improvements in the performance of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions are required.
 そこで、本発明は、超微細(例えば、線幅20nm以下のラインアンドスペースパターンや孔径20nm以下のホールパターン等)のパターン形成において、感度及び解像性に優れる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。
Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is excellent in sensitivity and resolution in the formation of ultrafine patterns (for example, a line-and-space pattern with a line width of 20 nm or less, a hole pattern with a hole diameter of 20 nm or less, etc.).
Another object of the present invention is to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method for producing an electronic device, each of which uses the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。 The inventors have discovered that the above problems can be solved by the following configuration.
[1]
 (A)オニウム塩化合物、及び、
 (B)下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有する重合体を含む、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[1]
(A) an onium salt compound, and
(B) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 一般式(1)中、
 Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。
 Aは、A-O-C(=O)―CH=CHで表される化合物におけるSP値が21.00MPa1/2以上である条件を満たす有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、又は有機基を表す。
In the general formula (1),
X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
A 1 represents an organic group that satisfies the condition that the SP value in the compound represented by A 1 -O-C(=O)-CH=CH 2 is 21.00 MPa 1/2 or more.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 一般式(3)中、
 Yは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 Aは、芳香環基を表す。
In the general formula (3),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
A2 represents an aromatic ring group.
[2]
 上記一般式(1)中のAが、A-O-C(=O)―CH=CHで表される化合物におけるSP値が21.00~25.00MPa1/2である条件を満たす有機基である、[1]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[2]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation - sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein A 1 in the general formula (1) is an organic group that satisfies the condition that the SP value in the compound represented by A 1 -O-C(═O)-CH═CH 2 is 21.00 to 25.00 MPa 1/2 .
[3]
 上記重合体が、酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位を有する[1]又は[2]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[3]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the polymer has a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton.
[4]
 上記酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位が、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であり、上記一般式(1)中のAが上記酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む有機基を表す、[3]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[4]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [3], wherein the repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton is a repeating unit represented by general formula (1), and A 1 in general formula (1) represents an organic group containing the acidic group having an acidic proton.
[5]
 上記一般式(3)中のAが電子供与性基を有する芳香環基である、[1]~[4]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[6]
 上記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(4)で表される繰り返し単位である、[5]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[5]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein A 2 in the general formula (3) is an aromatic ring group having an electron-donating group.
[6]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [5], wherein the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (3) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (4):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 一般式(4)中、
 Yは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 EDGは電子供与性基を表す。
 Aは置換基を表す。
 mは、1~5の整数を表す。
 pは0~5の整数を表す。但し、1≦m+p≦5を満たす。
In general formula (4),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
EDG represents an electron donating group.
A3 represents a substituent.
m represents an integer of 1 to 5.
p represents an integer of 0 to 5, provided that 1≦m+p≦5 is satisfied.
[7]
 (A)オニウム塩化合物、及び、
 (B)下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有する重合体を含む、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[7]
(A) an onium salt compound, and
(B) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 一般式(2)中、
 Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、又は有機基を表す。
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 A11は、下記一般式(2a)~(2d)のいずれかで表される基を表す。
In the general formula (2),
X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
A 11 represents a group represented by any one of the following general formulas (2a) to (2d).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(2a)中、
 Zは、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。
 ANは、窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
 一般式(2b)中、
 Rは、水素原子、又は置換基を表す。
 Rは、置換基を表す。
 RとRは、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 一般式(2c)中、
 Rは、アミド基、イミド基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、又は水酸基を表す。
 nは1~5の整数を表す。
 nが2~5の整数を表す場合、複数のRは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(2d)中、
 Lは、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又は窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
 Rは、アルキル基、アリール基、又は窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
In general formula (2a),
Z represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
AN represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
In general formula (2b),
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
R2 represents a substituent.
R1 and R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
In general formula (2c),
R3 represents an amide group, an imido group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, or a hydroxyl group.
n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
When n is an integer of 2 to 5, multiple R 3 's may be the same or different.
In general formula (2d),
L A represents -C(=O)- or -S(=O) 2 -.
R4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
R5 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式(3)中、
 Yは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 Aは、芳香環基を表す。
In the general formula (3),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
A2 represents an aromatic ring group.
[8]
 [1]~[7]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜。
[8]
A resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [7].
[9]
 [1]~[7]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程と、
 上記レジスト膜を露光する工程と、
 上記露光されたレジスト膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を有する、パターン形成方法。
[9]
forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of items [1] to [7];
exposing the resist film to light;
and developing the exposed resist film with a developer.
[10]
 [9]に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
[10]
A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern formation method according to [9].
 本発明によれば、超微細(例えば、線幅20nm以下のラインアンドスペースパターンや孔径20nm以下のホールパターン等)のパターン形成において、感度及び解像性に優れる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供できる。
 また、本発明によれば、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法を提供できる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is excellent in sensitivity and resolution in forming ultrafine patterns (for example, a line-and-space pattern having a line width of 20 nm or less, or a hole pattern having a hole diameter of 20 nm or less).
Furthermore, according to the present invention, there can be provided a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method for producing an electronic device, each of which uses the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされる場合があるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、本発明の趣旨に反しない限り、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を有する基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。
 置換基は、特に断らない限り、1価の置換基が好ましい。
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極端紫外線(EUV:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。本明細書中における「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極端紫外線、X線、及びEUV光等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書において表記される2価の基の結合方向は、特に断らない限り制限されない。例えば、「X-Y-Z」なる式で表される化合物中の、Yが-COO-である場合、Yは、-CO-O-であってもよく、-O-CO-であってもよい。また、上記化合物は「X-CO-O-Z」であってもよく「X-O-CO-Z」であってもよい。
The present invention will be described in detail below.
The following description of the components may be based on a representative embodiment of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such an embodiment.
In the present specification, the notation of groups (atomic groups) that does not indicate whether they are substituted or unsubstituted includes both unsubstituted and substituted groups, unless it is contrary to the spirit of the present invention. For example, the term "alkyl group" includes not only alkyl groups that do not have a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl groups), but also alkyl groups that have a substituent (substituted alkyl groups). In addition, the term "organic group" in the present specification refers to a group that contains at least one carbon atom.
Unless otherwise specified, the substituent is preferably a monovalent substituent.
In this specification, "actinic rays" or "radiation" refers to, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, electron beams (EB: Electron Beam), etc. In this specification, "light" refers to actinic rays or radiation.
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure to the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, EUV light, and the like, but also drawing with particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
In this specification, the word "to" is used to mean that the numerical values before and after it are included as the lower limit and upper limit.
The bonding direction of the divalent group described in this specification is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, when Y is -COO- in a compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z", Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO-. In addition, the above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。 In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also called molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are defined as polystyrene equivalent values measured using a Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) device (Tosoh HLC-8120GPC) (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: Tosoh TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: refractive index detector).
 本明細書において酸解離定数(pKa)とは、水溶液中でのpKaを表し、具体的には、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求められる値である。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。 In this specification, the acid dissociation constant (pKa) refers to the pKa in an aqueous solution, and is specifically a value calculated using the following software package 1 based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and publicly known literature values. All pKa values described in this specification are values calculated using this software package.
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 Software package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
 一方で、pKaは、分子軌道計算法によっても求められる。この具体的な方法としては、熱力学サイクルに基づいて、水溶液中におけるH解離自由エネルギーを計算することで算出する手法が挙げられる。H解離自由エネルギーの計算方法については、例えばDFT(密度汎関数法)により計算することができるが、他にも様々な手法が文献等で報告されており、これに制限されるものではない。なお、DFTを実施できるソフトウェアは複数存在するが、例えば、Gaussian16が挙げられる。 On the other hand, pKa can also be obtained by molecular orbital calculation. A specific example of this method is a method of calculating H + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle. The H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in literature, and the calculation method is not limited to this. There are several software programs that can perform DFT, and Gaussian16 is an example.
 本明細書中のpKaとは、上述した通り、ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を計算により求められる値を指すが、この手法によりpKaが算出できない場合には、DFT(密度汎関数法)に基づいてGaussian16により得られる値を採用するものとする。
 また、本明細書中のpKaは、上述した通り「水溶液中でのpKa」を指すが、水溶液中でのpKaが算出できない場合には、「ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)溶液中でのpKa」を採用するものとする。
As described above, the pKa in this specification refers to a value calculated using the software package 1 based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values. However, when the pKa cannot be calculated by this method, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is adopted.
In addition, the pKa in this specification refers to "pKa in an aqueous solution" as described above, but when the pKa in an aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in a dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution" will be adopted.
 本明細書において、ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 In this specification, examples of halogen atoms include fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, and iodine atoms.
 本明細書において、固形分とは、レジスト膜を形成する成分を意図し、溶剤は含まれない。また、レジスト膜を形成する成分であれば、その性状が液体状であっても、固形分とみなす。 In this specification, solids refers to components that form a resist film and does not include solvents. In addition, any component that forms a resist film is considered to be a solid even if it is in liquid form.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物]
 本発明は、
 (A)オニウム塩化合物、及び、
 (B)下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有する重合体を含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。
[Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The present invention relates to
(A) an onium salt compound, and
(B) The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 一般式(1)中、
 Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。
 Aは、A-O-C(=O)―CH=CHで表される化合物におけるSP値が21.00MPa1/2以上である条件を満たす有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、又は有機基を表す。
In the general formula (1),
X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
A 1 represents an organic group that satisfies the condition that the SP value in the compound represented by A 1 -O-C(=O)-CH=CH 2 is 21.00 MPa 1/2 or more.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 一般式(3)中、
 Yは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 Aは、芳香環基を表す。
In the general formula (3),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
A2 represents an aromatic ring group.
 また、本発明は、
 (A)オニウム塩化合物、及び、
 (B)下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有する重合体を含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物にも関する。
The present invention also provides a method for producing a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device comprising the steps of:
(A) an onium salt compound, and
The present invention also relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 一般式(2)中、
 Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、又は有機基を表す。
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 A11は、下記一般式(2a)~(2d)のいずれかで表される基を表す。
In the general formula (2),
X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
A 11 represents a group represented by any one of the following general formulas (2a) to (2d).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 一般式(2a)中、
 Zは、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。
 ANは、窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
 一般式(2b)中、
 Rは、水素原子、又は置換基を表す。
 Rは、置換基を表す。
 RとRは、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 一般式(2c)中、
 Rは、アミド基、イミド基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、又は水酸基を表す。
 nは1~5の整数を表す。
 一般式(2d)中、
 Lは、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又は窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
 Rは、アルキル基、アリール基、又は窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
In general formula (2a),
Z represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
AN represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
In general formula (2b),
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
R2 represents a substituent.
R1 and R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
In general formula (2c),
R3 represents an amide group, an imido group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, or a hydroxyl group.
n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
In general formula (2d),
L A represents -C(=O)- or -S(=O) 2 -.
R4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
R5 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 一般式(3)中、
 Yは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 Aは、芳香環基を表す。
In the general formula (3),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
A2 represents an aromatic ring group.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、典型的にはレジスト組成物である。以下、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を「レジスト組成物」ともいう。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition. Hereinafter, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is also referred to as a "resist composition."
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、上記構成により、超微細のパターン形成において、感度及び解像性に優れる。この理由は、詳細には明らかではないが、本発明者らは以下のように推測している。
 本発明のレジスト組成物に含まれる重合体(B)は、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位及び一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有する。又は、上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位及び一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有する。これらの繰り返し単位を有する重合体(B)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解する重合体となる。
 一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位においては、一般式(1)中のAが、A-O-C(=O)―CH=CHで表される化合物におけるSP値が21.00MPa1/2以上と、高極性を有することから、本発明のレジスト組成物を用いて形成されたレジスト膜の未露光部においては、現像液に溶けにくくなる。また、一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位においても、一般式(2)中のA11を特定の置換基とすることにより、本発明のレジスト組成物を用いて形成されたレジスト膜の未露光部においては、現像液に溶けにくくなる。現像液は典型的には有機溶剤を含む現像液である。一方で、露光されると、重合体(B)の主鎖が分解して、現像液に溶けやすくなる。つまり、上記作用によりレジスト膜において未露光部と露光部にて溶解コントラストが高くなるため、感度及び解像性に優れるものと考えられる。
The resist composition of the present invention, having the above-mentioned structure, is excellent in sensitivity and resolution in the formation of ultrafine patterns. The reason for this is not clear in detail, but the present inventors speculate as follows.
The polymer (B) contained in the resist composition of the present invention has a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (3). Or, it has a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (3). The polymer (B) having these repeating units becomes a polymer whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
In the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), A 1 in the general formula (1) has a high polarity, that is, the SP value in the compound represented by A 1 -O-C(=O)-CH=CH 2 is 21.00 MPa 1/2 or more, and therefore the unexposed part of the resist film formed using the resist composition of the present invention is less soluble in the developer. In addition, in the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2), by making A 11 in the general formula (2) a specific substituent, the unexposed part of the resist film formed using the resist composition of the present invention is less soluble in the developer. The developer is typically a developer containing an organic solvent. On the other hand, when exposed to light, the main chain of the polymer (B) decomposes and becomes more soluble in the developer. In other words, it is considered that the above action increases the dissolution contrast between the unexposed part and the exposed part in the resist film, resulting in excellent sensitivity and resolution.
 なお、本発明者らの検討によると、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖分解を起こす重合体においては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、主鎖分解と共に、主鎖に直結するエステル結合が部分的に分解し、脱炭酸反応が起きることも推測される。この際、一般式(1)中のAや一般式(2)中のA11として、現像液に対してより溶けにくい基を選択したことにより、脱炭酸反応による重合体の極性変換効果が大きくなり、より優れた感度や解像性が得られているのではないかとも推定している。 According to the study by the present inventors, in the polymers which undergo main chain decomposition by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, it is presumed that the main chain is decomposed and the ester bond directly connected to the main chain is partially decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and a decarboxylation reaction occurs. In this case, it is presumed that the polarity conversion effect of the polymer by the decarboxylation reaction is increased by selecting a group which is less soluble in a developer as A 1 in general formula (1) or A 11 in general formula (2), thereby obtaining better sensitivity and resolution.
 以下において、レジスト組成物の感度がより優れること、及び/又は、レジスト組成物から形成されるパターンの解像性がより優れることを、「本発明の効果がより優れる」ともいう。 Hereinafter, superior sensitivity of the resist composition and/or superior resolution of the pattern formed from the resist composition will also be referred to as "superior effects of the present invention."
 以下、まず、本発明のレジスト組成物に含まれる各種成分について説明する。 First, the various components contained in the resist composition of the present invention will be explained below.
<オニウム塩化合物(A)>
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、オニウム塩化合物(A)を含む。
 オニウム塩化合物(A)は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態とを併用してもよい。
 オニウム塩化合物(A)が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、重合体(B)の一部に組み込まれてもよく、重合体(B)とは異なる重合体に組み込まれてもよい。
<Onium Salt Compound (A)>
The resist composition of the present invention contains an onium salt compound (A).
The onium salt compound (A) may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or in the form of being incorporated into a part of a polymer. In addition, the form of a low molecular weight compound and the form of being incorporated into a part of a polymer may be used in combination.
When the onium salt compound (A) is in a form in which it is incorporated into a part of a polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the polymer (B) or into a polymer different from the polymer (B).
 オニウム塩化合物(A)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって分解する化合物でもよいし、分解しない化合物でもよい。活性光線又は放射線の照射によって分解する化合物としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって分解して酸を発生する化合物であってもよいし、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって分解して塩基を発生する化合物であってもよい。
 オニウム塩化合物(A)としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって酸を発生するオニウム塩構造の化合物(光分解型オニウム塩化合物)であることが好ましい。
 レジスト組成物が光分解型オニウム塩化合物等のオニウム塩化合物を含むと、未露光部分においては、重合体(B)は、重合体(B)中に含まれ得る相互作用性基を介してオニウム塩化合物(A)と凝集し易い。一方で、露光を受けると、オニウム塩化合物(A)と相互作用性基との解離や光分解型オニウム塩化合物の開裂が生じることにより、上記凝集構造が解除され得る。つまり、上記作用によりレジスト膜において未露光部と露光部にて溶解コントラストがより一層高まり、本発明の効果がより優れやすい。
The onium salt compound (A) may be a compound that decomposes when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation, or may be a compound that does not decompose. The compound that decomposes when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation may be a compound that decomposes when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation to generate an acid, or a compound that decomposes when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation to generate a base.
The onium salt compound (A) is preferably a compound having an onium salt structure that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (a photodecomposable onium salt compound).
When the resist composition contains an onium salt compound such as a photodegradable onium salt compound, the polymer (B) is likely to aggregate with the onium salt compound (A) in the unexposed area via the interactive group that may be contained in the polymer (B). On the other hand, when exposed to light, the onium salt compound (A) dissociates from the interactive group or the photodegradable onium salt compound is cleaved, so that the aggregated structure can be released. In other words, the above-mentioned action further increases the dissolution contrast between the unexposed area and the exposed area in the resist film, making the effect of the present invention more excellent.
 以下、光分解型オニウム塩化合物について説明する。
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物とは、アニオン部位とカチオン部位とから構成される塩構造部位を少なくとも1つ有し、かつ露光により分解して酸(好ましくは有機酸)を発生する化合物であるのが好ましい。
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物の上記塩構造部位は、露光によって分解し易く、かつ有機酸の生成性により優れる点で、なかでも、有機カチオン部位と求核性が著しく低い有機アニオン部位とから構成されているのが好ましい。
 上記塩構造部位は、光分解型オニウム塩化合物における一部分であってもよいし、全体であってもよい。なお、上記塩構造部位が光分解型オニウム塩化合物における一部分である場合とは、例えば、後述する光分解型オニウム塩PG2の如く、2つ以上の塩構造部位が連結している構造等が該当する。
 光分解型オニウム塩における塩構造部位の個数としては特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~6が好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
The photodecomposable onium salt compound will now be described.
The photodecomposable onium salt compound is preferably a compound which has at least one salt structure moiety composed of an anion moiety and a cation moiety and which decomposes upon exposure to generate an acid (preferably an organic acid).
The above-mentioned salt structure portion of the photodecomposable onium salt compound is preferably composed of an organic cation portion and an organic anion portion having extremely low nucleophilicity, because it is easily decomposable upon exposure to light and has excellent organic acid generation properties.
The salt structure moiety may be a part or the whole of the photodecomposable onium salt compound. The case where the salt structure moiety is a part of the photodecomposable onium salt compound corresponds to, for example, a structure in which two or more salt structure moieties are linked together, such as the photodecomposable onium salt PG2 described later.
The number of salt structure moieties in the photodecomposable onium salt is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
 上述の露光の作用により光分解型オニウム塩化合物から発生する有機酸としては、例えば、例えば、スルホン酸(脂肪族スルホン酸、芳香族スルホン酸、及び、カンファースルホン酸等)、カルボン酸(脂肪族カルボン酸、芳香族カルボン酸、及び、アラルキルカルボン酸等)、カルボニルスルホニルイミド酸、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド酸、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチド酸等が挙げられる。
 また、露光の作用により光分解型オニウム塩化合物から発生する有機酸は、酸基を2つ以上有する多価酸であってもよい。例えば、光分解型オニウム塩化合物が後述する光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2である場合、光分解型オニウム塩化合物の露光による分解により生じる有機酸は、酸基を2つ以上有する多価酸となる。
Examples of the organic acid generated from the photodecomposable onium salt compound by the action of exposure to light include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphorsulfonic acids, etc.), carboxylic acids (aliphatic carboxylic acids, aromatic carboxylic acids, aralkyl carboxylic acids, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimide acids, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide acids, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acids.
In addition, the organic acid generated from the photodecomposable onium salt compound by the action of exposure may be a polyvalent acid having two or more acid groups. For example, when the photodecomposable onium salt compound is the photodecomposable onium salt compound PG2 described later, the organic acid generated by decomposition of the photodecomposable onium salt compound by exposure is a polyvalent acid having two or more acid groups.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物において、塩構造部位を構成するカチオン部位としては、有機カチオン部位であるのが好ましく、なかでも、後述する、式(ZaI)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は式(ZaII)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。 In the photodecomposable onium salt compound, the cationic moiety constituting the salt structure moiety is preferably an organic cationic moiety, and among these, an organic cation represented by formula (ZaI) (cation (ZaI)) or an organic cation represented by formula (ZaII) (cation (ZaII)) as described below is preferred.
(光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1)
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物の好適態様の一例としては、「M X」で表されるオニウム塩化合物であって、露光により有機酸を発生する化合物(以下「光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1」ともいう)が挙げられる。
 「M X」で表される化合物において、Mは、有機カチオンを表し、Xは、有機アニオンを表す。
 以下、光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1について説明する。
(Photodecomposition type onium salt compound PG1)
An example of a suitable embodiment of the photodecomposable onium salt compound is an onium salt compound represented by "M + X - ", which generates an organic acid upon exposure to light (hereinafter also referred to as "photodecomposable onium salt compound PG1").
In the compound represented by "M + X - ", M + represents an organic cation, and X - represents an organic anion.
The photodecomposable onium salt compound PG1 will now be described.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1中のMで表される有機カチオンとしては、式(ZaI)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は式(ZaII)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。 The organic cation represented by M + in the photodecomposable onium salt compound PG1 is preferably an organic cation represented by formula (ZaI) (cation (ZaI)) or an organic cation represented by formula (ZaII) (cation (ZaII)).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 上記式(ZaI)において、
 R201、R202、及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202、及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、通常1~30であり、1~20が好ましい。また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基)、及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
In the above formula (ZaI),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The number of carbon atoms in the organic group represented by R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 is usually 1 to 30, and preferably 1 to 20. Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by bonding two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (e.g., a butylene group and a pentylene group) and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -.
 式(ZaI)における有機カチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する、カチオン(ZaI-1)、カチオン(ZaI-2)、式(ZaI-3b)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI-3b))、及び式(ZaI-4b)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI-4b))が挙げられる。 Suitable embodiments of the organic cation in formula (ZaI) include cation (ZaI-1), cation (ZaI-2), an organic cation represented by formula (ZaI-3b) (cation (ZaI-3b)), and an organic cation represented by formula (ZaI-4b) (cation (ZaI-4b)), which will be described later.
 まず、カチオン(ZaI-1)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-1)は、上記式(ZaI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウムカチオンである。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンは、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 また、R201~R203のうちの1つがアリール基であり、R201~R203のうちの残りの2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203のうちの2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、1つ以上のメチレン基が酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、及び/又はカルボニル基で置換されていてもよいアルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、又は-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-)が挙げられる。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンとしては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、アリールジアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオンが挙げられる。
First, the cation (ZaI-1) will be described.
The cation (ZaI-1) is an arylsulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the above formula (ZaI) is an aryl group.
In the arylsulfonium cation, all of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, with the remainder being alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups.
In addition, one of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, which may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group in the ring. Examples of the group formed by bonding two of R 201 to R 203 include alkylene groups in which one or more methylene groups may be substituted with oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, ester groups, amide groups, and/or carbonyl groups (e.g., butylene group, pentylene group, or -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -).
Examples of the arylsulfonium cation include triarylsulfonium cations, diarylalkylsulfonium cations, aryldialkylsulfonium cations, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cations, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cations.
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンに含まれるアリール基としては、フェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウムカチオンが2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンが必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等がより好ましい。
The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure with an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue. When the arylsulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group which the arylsulfonium cation optionally has is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、各々独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキルアルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素、ヨウ素)、水酸基、カルボキシル基、エステル基、スルフィニル基、スルホニル基、アルキルチオ基、及びフェニルチオ基等が好ましい。
 上記置換基は可能な場合さらに置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、上記アルキル基が置換基としてハロゲン原子を有して、トリフルオロメチル基などのハロゲン化アルキル基となっていることも好ましい。
Preferred substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may have are each independently an alkyl group (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (e.g., 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (e.g., 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylalkoxy group (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine, iodine), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an ester group, a sulfinyl group, a sulfonyl group, an alkylthio group, a phenylthio group, and the like.
The above-mentioned substituent may further have a substituent if possible. For example, it is also preferred that the above-mentioned alkyl group has a halogen atom as a substituent to form a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-2)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-2)は、式(ZaI)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表すカチオンである。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含む芳香族環も包含する。
 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、炭素数1~20が好ましい。
 R201~R203は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基が好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基がより好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基が更に好ましい。
Next, the cation (ZaI-2) will be described.
Cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZaI) each independently represent an organic group not having an aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a heteroatom.
The organic group not having an aromatic ring represented by R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
Each of R 201 to R 203 independently represents preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, and still more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、並びに、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が挙げられる。
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。
Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group for R 201 to R 203 include linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and pentyl groups), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl groups).
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-3b)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-3b)は、下記式(ZaI-3b)で表されるカチオンである。
Next, the cation (ZaI-3b) will be described.
The cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式(ZaI-3b)中、
 R1c~R5cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基、又はアリールチオ基を表す。
 R6c及びR7cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(t-ブチル基等)、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はアリール基を表す。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基を表す。
In formula (ZaI-3b),
R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group.
R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (such as a t-butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及びRとRは、それぞれ互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、この環は、各々独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エステル結合、又はアミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環としては、芳香族又は非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族又は非芳香族のヘテロ環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環としては、3~10員環が挙げられ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and each of these rings may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
Examples of the ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings. Examples of the ring include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及びRとRが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基等のアルキレン基が挙げられる。このアルキレン基中のメチレン基が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子で置換されていてもよい。
 R5cとR6c、及びR5cとRが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基及びエチレン基等が挙げられる。
The group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y includes alkylene groups such as butylene and pentylene, in which the methylene group may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
The groups formed by combining R5c and R6c , and R5c and Rx are preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
 R1c~R5c、R6c、R7c、R、R、並びに、R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及び、RとRがそれぞれ互いに結合して形成する環は、置換基を有していてもよい。 R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may each have a substituent.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-4b)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-4b)は、下記式(ZaI-4b)で表されるカチオンである。
Next, the cation (ZaI-4b) will be described.
The cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式(ZaI-4b)中、
 lは0~2の整数を表す。
 rは0~8の整数を表す。
 R13は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、水酸基、アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
 R14は、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。R14は、複数存在する場合はそれぞれ独立して、水酸基等の上記基を表す。
 R15は、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はナフチル基を表す。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成するのが好ましい。なお、上記アルキル基、上記シクロアルキル基、及び上記ナフチル基、並びに、2つのR15が互いに結合して形成する環は置換基を有してもよい。
In formula (ZaI-4b),
l represents an integer of 0 to 2.
r represents an integer of 0 to 8.
R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (which may be a cycloalkyl group itself or a group containing a cycloalkyl group as a part). These groups may have a substituent.
R 14 represents a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (may be a cycloalkyl group itself or a group containing a cycloalkyl group as a part). These groups may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 14 , each independently represents the above group such as a hydroxyl group.
Each R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one embodiment, it is preferable that two R 15 are alkylene groups and are bonded to each other to form a ring structure. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, and the naphthyl group, as well as the ring formed by bonding two R 15 to each other may have a substituent.
 式(ZaI-4b)において、R13、R14、及びR15のアルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であるのが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましい。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、又はt-ブチル基等がより好ましい。 In formula (ZaI-4b), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 , and R 15 are preferably linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, or the like.
 次に、式(ZaII)について説明する。
 式(ZaII)中、R204及びR205は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204及びR205のアリール基としてはフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204及びR205のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
 R204及びR205のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、又はペンチル基)、又は炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、又はノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
Next, formula (ZaII) will be described.
In formula (ZaII), R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle with an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, or a pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group).
 R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (e.g., 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (e.g., 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
 以下にMで表される有機カチオンの具体例を示すが、本発明は、これに制限されるものではない。 Specific examples of the organic cation represented by M + are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1中のXで表される有機アニオンとしては、非求核性アニオン(求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオン)であるのが好ましい。
 非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、スルホン酸アニオン(脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、及び、カンファースルホン酸アニオン等)、カルボン酸アニオン(脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン、及び、アラルキルカルボン酸アニオン等)、スルホニルイミドアニオン、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオン等が挙げられる。
The organic anion represented by X 2 - in the photodecomposable onium salt compound PG1 is preferably a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion having an extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
Examples of non-nucleophilic anions include sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, camphorsulfonate anions, etc.), carboxylate anions (aliphatic carboxylate anions, aromatic carboxylate anions, aralkyl carboxylate anions, etc.), sulfonylimide anions, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anions, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anions.
 上記有機アニオンとしては、例えば、下記式(DA)で表される有機アニオンであるのも好ましい。 The organic anion is preferably, for example, an organic anion represented by the following formula (DA):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(DA)中、A31 は、アニオン性基を表す。Ra1は、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。La1は、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。A31 とRa1は、互いに結合して、環を形成してもよい。 In formula (DA), A 31 - represents an anionic group. R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. L a1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. A 31 - and R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 A31 はアニオン性基を表す。A31 で表されるアニオン性基としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、式(BA-1)~(BA-14)で表される基からなる群から選択される基であるのが好ましく、式(BA-1)、式(BA-2)、式(BA-3)、式(BA-4)、式(BA-5)、式(BA-6)、式(BA-10)、式(BA-12)、式(BA-13)、及び式(BA-14)がより好ましい。 A 31 - represents an anionic group. The anionic group represented by A 31 - is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by formulae (BA-1) to (BA-14), and more preferably formulae (BA-1), (BA-2), (BA-3), (BA-4), (BA-5), (BA-6), (BA-10), (BA-12), (BA-13), and (BA-14).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(BA-1)~(BA-14)中、*は結合位置を表す。
 式(BA-1)~(BA-5)、及び式(BA-12)中、RX1は、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表す。
 式(BA-7)及び式(BA-11)中、RX2は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は、フッ素原子及びパーフルオロアルキル基以外の置換基を表す。式(BA-7)における2個のRX2は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 式(BA-8)中、RXF1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。ただし、2つのRXF1のうち、少なくとも1つはフッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。式(BA-8)における2つのRXF1は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 式(BA-9)中、RX3は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。n1は、0~4の整数を表す。n1が2~4の整数を表す場合、複数のRX3は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 式(BA-10)中、RXF2は、フッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。
 式(BA-14)の*で表される結合位置と結合する相手は、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基であるのが好ましい。上記フェニレン基が有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
In formulae (BA-1) to (BA-14), * represents a bonding position.
In formulae (BA-1) to (BA-5) and formula (BA-12), R 1 X1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
In formula (BA-7) and formula (BA-11), each R X2 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R X2 in formula (BA-7) may be the same or different.
In formula (BA-8), R XF1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a perfluoroalkyl group. Of the two R XF1 , at least one represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group. The two R XF1 in formula (BA-8) may be the same or different.
In formula (BA-9), R X3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group. n1 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n1 represents an integer of 2 to 4, multiple R X3 may be the same or different.
In formula (BA-10), R 2 XF2 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
The bond to the bonding position represented by * in formula (BA-14) is preferably a phenylene group which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent which the phenylene group may have include a halogen atom.
 式(BA-1)~(BA-5)、及び式(BA-12)中、RX1は、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表す。
 RX1としては、アルキル基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。炭素数は1~15が好ましい。)、シクロアルキル基(単環でも多環でもよい。炭素数は3~20が好ましい。)、又はアリール基(単環でも多環でもよい。炭素数は6~20が好ましい。)が好ましい。また、RX1で表される上記基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 なお、式(B-5)においてRX1中の、N-と直接結合する原子は、-CO-における炭素原子、及び-SO-における硫黄原子のいずれでもないのも好ましい。
In formulae (BA-1) to (BA-5) and formula (BA-12), R 1 X1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
R X1 is preferably an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms), or an aryl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms). The above group represented by R X1 may have a substituent.
In addition, it is also preferable that the atom in R X1 in formula (B-5) that is directly bonded to N- is neither a carbon atom in --CO-- nor a sulfur atom in --SO 2 --.
 RX1におけるシクロアルキル基は単環でも多環でもよい。
 RX1におけるシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基及びアダマンチル基が挙げられる。
The cycloalkyl group in R X1 may be a monocyclic or polycyclic group.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group in R X1 include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
 RX1におけるシクロアルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、特に制限されないが、アルキル基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。好ましくは炭素数1~5)が好ましい。RX1におけるシクロアルキル基の環員原子である炭素原子のうちの1個以上が、カルボニル炭素原子で置き換わっていてもよい。 The substituent that the cycloalkyl group in R X1 may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms). One or more of the carbon atoms that are ring members of the cycloalkyl group in R X1 may be replaced with a carbonyl carbon atom.
 RX1におけるアルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましい。
 RX1におけるアルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、特に制限されないが、例えば、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基が好ましい。上記置換基としてのシクロアルキル基の例は、RX1がシクロアルキル基である場合において説明したシクロアルキル基と同様である。
 RX1におけるアルキル基が、上記置換基としてのフッ素原子を有する場合、上記アルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基となっていてもよい。
 また、RX1におけるアルキル基は、1つ以上の-CH-がカルボニル基で置換されていてもよい。
The alkyl group in R 3 X1 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
The substituent that the alkyl group in R may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. Examples of the cycloalkyl group as the substituent are the same as those described when R is a cycloalkyl group.
When the alkyl group in R X1 has a fluorine atom as the above-mentioned substituent, the above-mentioned alkyl group may be a perfluoroalkyl group.
In addition, the alkyl group in R X1 may have one or more -CH 2 - substituted with a carbonyl group.
 RX1におけるアリール基としては、フェニル基が好ましい。
 RX1におけるアリール基が有してもよい置換基は、特に制限されないが、アルキル基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基が好ましい。上記置換基としてのアルキル基の例は、RX1がアルキル基である場合において説明したアルキル基と同様である。
The aryl group in R X1 is preferably a phenyl group.
The substituent that the aryl group in R may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. Examples of the alkyl group as the substituent are the same as those described in the case where R is an alkyl group.
 式(BA-7)及び(BA-11)中、RX2は、各々独立に、水素原子、又はフッ素原子及びパーフルオロアルキル基以外の置換基(例えば、フッ素原子を含まないアルキル基及びフッ素原子を含まないシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。)を表す。式(BA-7)における2つのRX2は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 In formulae (BA-7) and (BA-11), each R X2 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group (for example, an alkyl group not containing a fluorine atom and a cycloalkyl group not containing a fluorine atom). The two R X2 in formula (BA-7) may be the same or different.
 式(BA-8)中、RXF1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。ただし、複数のRXF1のうち、少なくとも1つはフッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。式(BA-8)における2つのRXF1は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。RXF1で表されるパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数は、1~15が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。 In formula (BA-8), R XF1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a perfluoroalkyl group. However, among the multiple R XF1 , at least one represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group. The two R XF1 in formula (BA-8) may be the same or different. The number of carbon atoms of the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R XF1 is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
 式(BA-9)中、RX3は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。RX3としてのハロゲン原子は、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。
 RX3としての1価の有機基は、RX1として記載した1価の有機基と同様である。
 n1は、0~4の整数を表す。
 n1は、0~2の整数が好ましく、0又は1が好ましい。n1が2~4の整数を表す場合、複数のRX3は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
In formula (BA-9), R X3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group. Examples of the halogen atom represented by R X3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
The monovalent organic group represented by R 1 X3 is the same as the monovalent organic group described as R 1 X1 .
n1 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
n1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1. When n1 represents an integer of 2 to 4, multiple R 3 X3 may be the same or different.
 式(BA-10)中、RXF2は、フッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。
 RXF2で表されるパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数は、1~15が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。
In formula (BA-10), R 2 XF2 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
The perfluoroalkyl group represented by R 2 XF2 preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 式(DA)中、Ra1の1価の有機基の炭素数は、特に制限されないが、炭素数1~30が好ましく、炭素数1~20がより好ましい。
 Ra1は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基であることが好ましい。
 アルキル基としては、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基としては、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 アリール基としては、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基が更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基は、環員原子として、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
 ヘテロ原子としては、特に制限されないが、窒素原子、酸素原子等が挙げられる。
 また、シクロアルキル基は、環員原子として、カルボニル結合(>C=O)を含んでいてもよい。
 上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及びアリール基は、更に置換基を有してもよい。
 また、A31-とRa1は、互いに結合して、環を形成してもよい。
In formula (DA), the number of carbon atoms of the monovalent organic group for R a1 is not particularly limited, but preferably is 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably is 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
R a1 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
The alkyl group may be linear or branched, and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkyl group may contain heteroatoms as ring members.
The heteroatom is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom.
Additionally, the cycloalkyl group may contain a carbonyl bond (>C=O) as a ring member atom.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group may further have a substituent.
In addition, A 31- and R a1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 La1としての2価の連結基としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、芳香族基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、及びこれらを2つ以上組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。
 アルキレン基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であるのが好ましく、炭素数1~10であるのがより好ましい。
 シクロアルキレン基は、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数3~20であるのが好ましく、炭素数3~10であるのがより好ましい。
 芳香族基は、2価の芳香族基であり、炭素数6~20の芳香族基が好ましく、6~15の芳香族基がより好ましい。
 芳香族基を構成する芳香環は、特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素数6~20の芳香環が挙げられ、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、及びチオフェン環等が挙げられる。芳香族基を構成する芳香環としては、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。
 アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、及び芳香族基は、更に置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、ハロゲン原子が好ましい。
 La1は、単結合を表すのが好ましい。
The divalent linking group represented by L a1 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an aromatic group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, and a group formed by combining two or more of these.
The alkylene group may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably has 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
The aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
The aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include aromatic rings having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a thiophene ring, etc. As the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is preferable, and a benzene ring is more preferable.
The alkylene group, cycloalkylene group and aromatic group may further have a substituent, and the substituent is preferably a halogen atom.
L a1 preferably represents a single bond.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0135]~[0171]、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0077]~[0116]、国際公開第2017/154345号の段落[0018]~[0075]及び[0334]~[0335]に開示された光酸発生剤等を使用するのも好ましい。 As the photodecomposable onium salt compound PG1, it is also preferable to use, for example, the photoacid generators disclosed in paragraphs [0135] to [0171] of WO 2018/193954, paragraphs [0077] to [0116] of WO 2020/066824, and paragraphs [0018] to [0075] and [0334] to [0335] of WO 2017/154345.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG1の分子量としては、3000以下が好ましく、2000以下がより好ましく、1000以下が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG1 is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and even more preferably 1,000 or less.
(光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2)
 また、光分解型オニウム塩化合物の好適態様の他の一例として、下記化合物(I)及び化合物(II)(以下、「化合物(I)及び化合物(II)」を「光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2」ともいう。)が挙げられる。光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2は、上述の塩構造部位を2つ以上有し、露光により多価の有機酸を発生する化合物である。
 以下、光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2について説明する。
(Photodecomposition type onium salt compound PG2)
Another example of a suitable embodiment of the photodecomposable onium salt compound includes the following compound (I) and compound (II) (hereinafter, "compound (I) and compound (II)" are also referred to as "photodecomposable onium salt compound PG2"). The photodecomposable onium salt compound PG2 has two or more of the above-mentioned salt structural moieties and is a compound that generates a polyvalent organic acid upon exposure to light.
The photodecomposable onium salt compound PG2 will now be described.
<<化合物(I)>>
 化合物(I)は、1つ以上の下記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Yを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、下記構造部位Xに由来する下記第1の酸性部位と下記構造部位Yに由来する下記第2の酸性部位とを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
  構造部位X:アニオン部位A とカチオン部位M とからなり、かつ活性光線又は放射線の照射によってHAで表される第1の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
  構造部位Y:アニオン部位A とカチオン部位M とからなり、かつ活性光線又は放射線の照射によってHAで表される第2の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
 但し、化合物(I)は、下記条件Iを満たす。
<<Compound (I)>>
Compound (I) is a compound having one or more structural moieties X and one or more structural moieties Y, which generates an acid containing a first acidic moiety derived from the structural moiety X and a second acidic moiety derived from the structural moiety Y when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation:
Structural moiety X: a structural moiety consisting of an anionic moiety A 1 - and a cationic moiety M 1 + , and which forms a first acidic moiety represented by HA 1 upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation. Structural moiety Y: a structural moiety consisting of an anionic moiety A 2 - and a cationic moiety M 2 + , and which forms a second acidic moiety represented by HA 2 upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation. However, compound (I) satisfies the following condition I.
 条件I:上記化合物(I)において上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M 及び上記構造部位Y中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなる化合物PIが、上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数a1と、上記構造部位Y中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数a2を有し、かつ、上記酸解離定数a1よりも上記酸解離定数a2の方が大きい。
 上記化合物PIとは、化合物(I)に活性光線又は放射線を照射した場合に、発生する酸に該当する。
Condition I: Compound PI, which is obtained by replacing the cationic moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X and the cationic moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y in compound (I) with H + , has an acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic moiety represented by HA 1 , which is obtained by replacing the cationic moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X with H + , and an acid dissociation constant a2 derived from the acidic moiety represented by HA 2 , which is obtained by replacing the cationic moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y with H + , and the acid dissociation constant a2 is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1.
The compound PI corresponds to an acid generated when compound (I) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
 化合物(I)が2つ以上の構造部位Xを有する場合、構造部位Xは、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。また、2つ以上の上記A 、及び、2つ以上の上記M は、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 また、化合物(I)中、上記A 及び上記A 、並びに、上記M 及び上記M は、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよいが、上記A 及び上記A は、各々異なっているのが好ましい。
When compound (I) has two or more structural moieties X, the structural moieties X may be the same or different from each other. In addition, the two or more A 1 and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different from each other.
In addition, in compound (I), the A 1 - and A 2 - , and the M 1 + and M 2 + may be the same or different, but it is preferable that the A 1 - and A 2 - are different.
 アニオン部位A 及びアニオン部位A は、負電荷を帯びた原子又は原子団を含む構造部位であり、例えば、以下に示す式(AA-1)~(AA-3)及び式(BB-1)~(BB-6)からなる群から選ばれる構造部位が挙げられる。なお、以下の式(AA-1)~(AA-3)及び式(BB-1)~(BB-6)中、*は、結合位置を表す。また、Rは、1価の有機基を表す。Rで表される1価の有機基としては、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、及びメタンスルホニル基等が挙げられる。 The anionic moiety A 1 - and the anionic moiety A 2 - are structural moieties containing a negatively charged atom or atomic group, and examples thereof include structural moieties selected from the group consisting of the following formulae (AA-1) to (AA-3) and (BB-1) to (BB-6). In the following formulae (AA-1) to (AA-3) and (BB-1) to (BB-6), * represents a bonding position. Furthermore, R A represents a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R A include a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a methanesulfonyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 また、カチオン部位M 及びカチオン部位M は、正電荷を帯びた原子又は原子団を含む構造部位であり、例えば、電荷が1価の有機カチオンが挙げられる。なお、有機カチオンとしては特に制限されないが、上述した式(ZaI)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は式(ZaII)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。 The cationic moiety M 1 + and the cationic moiety M 2 + are structural moieties containing a positively charged atom or atomic group, and examples thereof include organic cations having a monovalent charge. The organic cation is not particularly limited, but is preferably an organic cation represented by the above formula (ZaI) (cation (ZaI)) or an organic cation represented by the above formula (ZaII) (cation (ZaII)).
<<化合物(II)>>
 化合物(II)は、2つ以上の上記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Zを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を2つ以上と上記構造部位Zとを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
 構造部位Z:酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位
<<Compound (II)>>
Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Z, and is a compound that generates an acid containing two or more of the first acidic moieties derived from the structural moiety X and the structural moiety Z when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
Structural moiety Z: a non-ionic moiety capable of neutralizing an acid
 上記化合物(II)は、活性光線又は放射線を照射によって、上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位を有する化合物PII(酸)を発生し得る。つまり、化合物PIIは、上記HAで表される酸性部位と、酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位である構造部位Zと、を有する化合物を表す。
 なお、化合物(II)中、構造部位Xの定義、並びに、A 及びM の定義は、上述した化合物(I)中の構造部位Xの定義、並びに、A 及びM の定義と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 また、上記2つ以上の構造部位Xは、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。また、2つ以上の上記A 、及び、2つ以上の上記M は、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
When irradiated with actinic rays or radiation, the compound (II) can generate a compound PII (acid) having an acidic site represented by HA 1 in which the cationic site M 1 + in the structural site X is replaced with H + . In other words, the compound PII represents a compound having the acidic site represented by HA 1 and a structural site Z which is a nonionic site capable of neutralizing an acid.
In addition, the definition of the structural moiety X, and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (II) are the same as the definition of the structural moiety X, and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (I) described above, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
The two or more structural moieties X may be the same or different from each other, and the two or more A 1 and the two or more M 1 + may be the same or different from each other.
 構造部位Z中の酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位としては特に制限されず、例えば、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基を含む部位であるのが好ましい。
 プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基としては、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基、又はπ共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基等が挙げられる。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。
The nonionic moiety capable of neutralizing an acid in the structural moiety Z is not particularly limited, and is preferably, for example, a moiety containing a functional group having an electron or a group capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton.
Examples of functional groups having a group or electrons capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton include functional groups having a macrocyclic structure such as cyclic polyether, or functional groups having a nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to π conjugation. The nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基の部分構造としては、例えば、クラウンエーテル構造、アザクラウンエーテル構造、1~3級アミン構造、ピリジン構造、イミダゾール構造、及びピラジン構造等が挙げられ、なかでも、1~3級アミン構造が好ましい。 Examples of partial structures of functional groups having groups or electrons that can electrostatically interact with protons include crown ether structures, azacrown ether structures, primary to tertiary amine structures, pyridine structures, imidazole structures, and pyrazine structures, with primary to tertiary amine structures being preferred.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2の分子量は100~10000が好ましく、100~2500がより好ましく、100~1500が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 is preferably 100 to 10,000, more preferably 100 to 2,500, and even more preferably 100 to 1,500.
 光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2としては、国際公開第2020/158313号の段落[0023]~[0095]に例示された化合物を引用できる。 As examples of the photodecomposable onium salt compound PG2, the compounds exemplified in paragraphs [0023] to [0095] of WO 2020/158313 can be cited.
 以下、光分解型オニウム塩化合物PG2が有し得る、カチオン以外の部位の一例を示す。 Below is an example of a moiety other than a cation that the photodegradable onium salt compound PG2 may have.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 本発明のレジスト組成物に含まれるオニウム塩化合物(A)の含有量は特に制限されないが、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1.0質量%以上がより好ましく、5.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、オニウム塩化合物(A)の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、50.0質量%以下が好ましく、40.0質量%以下がより好ましい。
 オニウム塩化合物(A)は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
The content of the onium salt compound (A) in the resist composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 mass% or more, more preferably 1.0 mass% or more, and even more preferably 5.0 mass% or more, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. Also, the content of the onium salt compound (A) is preferably 50.0 mass% or less, and more preferably 40.0 mass% or less, based on the total solid content of the resist composition.
The onium salt compound (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
<重合体(B)>
 本発明の組成物は、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有する重合体(以下、重合体(B)ともいう)を含む。重合体(B)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖が分解する樹脂である。
<Polymer (B)>
The composition of the present invention contains a polymer (hereinafter also referred to as polymer (B)) having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3). Polymer (B) is a resin whose main chain is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
(一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位) (Repeating unit represented by general formula (1))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 一般式(1)中、
 Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。
 Aは、A-O-C(=O)―CH=CHで表される化合物におけるSP値が21.00MPa1/2以上である条件を満たす有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、又は有機基を表す。
In the general formula (1),
X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
A 1 represents an organic group that satisfies the condition that the SP value in the compound represented by A 1 -O-C(=O)-CH=CH 2 is 21.00 MPa 1/2 or more.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
 一般式(1)中、Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。Xは、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、塩素原子が好ましい。 In general formula (1), X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom. X is preferably a chlorine atom, since this provides a more excellent effect of the present invention.
 一般式(1)中、Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Rで表される有機基としては特に制限されないが、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状のアルキル基であるのが好ましい。
 上記アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
 また、上記アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子又はヨウ素原子)及び後述する酸性プロトンを有する酸性基等が挙げられる。
 Rとしては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、水素原子が好ましい。
In formula (1), R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
The organic group represented by R 0 is not particularly limited, but is preferably a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group.
The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and further preferably has 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
The alkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom or an iodine atom) and an acidic group having an acidic proton, which will be described later.
R 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom in that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
 一般式(1)中、Aは、A-O-C(=O)―CH=CHで表される化合物におけるSP値が21.00MPa1/2以上である条件を満たす有機基を表す。 In general formula (1), A 1 represents an organic group that satisfies the condition that the SP value in the compound represented by A 1 -O-C(=O)-CH=CH 2 is 21.00 MPa 1/2 or more.
 本発明において、SP値(Solubility Parameters)とは、「溶解度パラメータの値」を意味する。SP値は、ハンセン(Hansen)の手法を用いて導出する。ここでハンセンの手法とは、一つの物質のエネルギーを、分散エネルギー項(δ)、分極エネルギー項(δ)、水素結合エネルギー項(δ)の3成分で表し、3次元空間にベクトルとして表すものである。 In the present invention, the term "SP value (solubility parameters)" means "the value of the solubility parameter". The SP value is derived using the Hansen method. Here, the Hansen method expresses the energy of a substance as three components, namely, a dispersion energy term (δ D ), a polarization energy term (δ P ), and a hydrogen bond energy term (δ H ), and expresses them as vectors in a three-dimensional space.
 本発明においてSP値は、ソフトウェアHansen Solubility Parameters in Practice(HSPiP)ver.4.1.07によって計算された値である。
 ただし、ソフトウェアで算出できない場合は、「https://pirika.com/index-j.html」のホームページの山本予稿Part1(https://pirika.com/HSP/HSP-J/HSP50/Preprint-Part1%20Yamamoto.pdf)に掲載された論文「Hansen Solubility Parameters 50th anniversary conference、preprint PP.1-13、(2017)、Hiroshi Yamamoto、Steven Abbott、Charles M. Hansen」のTable2を元に上記論文に記載された方法で計算した値を用いる。
In the present invention, the SP value is a value calculated by the software Hansen Solubility Parameters in Practice (HSPiP) ver. 4.1.07.
However, if the calculation cannot be performed using the software, the value calculated using the method described in the above paper based on Table 2 in the paper "Hansen Solubility Parameters 50th anniversary conference, preprint PP.1-13, (2017), Hiroshi Yamamoto, Steven Abbott, Charles M. Hansen" published in Yamamoto Preprint Part 1 (https://pirika.com/index-j.html) on the "https://pirika.com/HSP/HSP-J/HSP50/Preprint-Part1%20Yamamoto.pdf" website is used.
 各成分のSP値は、それぞれ下記式(spa)に基づいて算出する。なお、SP値の単位は、MPa1/2である。
 [SP値]=(δ +δ +δ 1/2    式(spa)
The SP value of each component is calculated based on the following formula (spa), where the unit of the SP value is MPa 1/2 .
[SP value] = (δ D 2 + δ P 2 + δ H 2 ) 1/2 (spa)
 一般式(1)中、Aは、A-O-C(=O)―CH=CHで表される化合物におけるSP値が21.00MPa1/2以上となる有機基を表す。上記SP値を21.00MPa1/2以上とすることにより、本発明のレジスト組成物により形成されるレジスト膜において、未露光部での現像液への溶解性を低くすることができる。未露光部での現像液への溶解性をより低くする観点から、SP値の下限としては、22.00MPa1/2以上が好ましく、23.00MPa1/2以上がさらに好ましい。
 また、上記SP値の上限は特に限定されないが、塗布液溶解性の観点から、35.00MPa1/2以下であることが好ましい。また、レジスト組成物の塗布性低下抑制の観点から、SP値の上限としては、30.00MPa1/2以下がより好ましく、25.00MPa1/2以下がさらに好ましい。
 Aは、A-O-C(=O)―CH=CHで表される化合物におけるSP値が21.00~25.00MPa1/2である条件を満たす有機基であることが好ましい。
In general formula (1), A 1 represents an organic group having an SP value of 21.00 MPa 1/2 or more in the compound represented by A 1 -O-C(═O)—CH═CH 2. By setting the SP value to 21.00 MPa 1/2 or more, it is possible to reduce the solubility in a developer in the unexposed areas in the resist film formed from the resist composition of the present invention. From the viewpoint of further reducing the solubility in a developer in the unexposed areas, the lower limit of the SP value is preferably 22.00 MPa 1/2 or more, and more preferably 23.00 MPa 1/2 or more.
In addition, the upper limit of the SP value is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the solubility of the coating liquid, it is preferably 35.00 MPa 1/2 or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the coatability of the resist composition, the upper limit of the SP value is more preferably 30.00 MPa 1/2 or less, and even more preferably 25.00 MPa 1/2 or less.
A 1 is preferably an organic group that satisfies the condition that the SP value in the compound represented by A 1 -O-C(=O)-CH=CH 2 is 21.00 to 25.00 MPa 1/2 .
 SP値を上述の範囲とするには、例えば、一般式(1)中のAを、窒素含有芳香族基を有する基;酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を有する基;上記以外の極性基を有する基等から選択することにより達成することができる。 The SP value can be adjusted to fall within the above-mentioned range, for example, by selecting A1 in general formula (1) from a group having a nitrogen-containing aromatic group; a group having an acidic group having an acidic proton; a group having a polar group other than the above; and the like.
 窒素含有芳香族基としては、後述の一般式(2a)で表される基が挙げられる。 The nitrogen-containing aromatic group may be a group represented by the general formula (2a) described below.
 酸性プロトンを有する酸性基としては、ヒドロキシ基(アルコール性水酸基及びフェノール性水酸基等)、カルボキシル基、-SONHR(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基を表す)、アミド基(-NH-COR基;Rは置換基を表す)、イミド基(-CO-NH-COR基)、スルホニルイミド基(-SO-NH-SO基;Rは、アルキル基、アリール基、又は窒素含有芳香族基を表す)、芳香環の環員原子に置換したチオール基、及び、-C(=O)NHSOからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acidic group having an acidic proton include at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group (an alcoholic hydroxy group, a phenolic hydroxy group, etc.), a carboxyl group, -SO 2 NHR N (R N represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, or a cyano group), an amide group (-NH-COR group; R represents a substituent), an imide group (-CO-NH-COR group), a sulfonylimide group (-SO 2 -NH-SO 2 R P group; R P represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group), a thiol group substituted on a member atom of an aromatic ring, and -C(=O)NHSO 2 R P.
 極性基としては、アミド基(-NR-COR基;Rは置換基を表す)、イミド基(-CO-NR-COR基、又は-N-(COR)基)、スルホニルイミド基(-SO-NR-SO基)、-C(=O)NRSO、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、カーボネート基、シアノ基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the polar group include an amide group (-NR Q -COR group; R Q represents a substituent), an imide group (-CO-NR Q -COR group or -N-(COR) 2 group), a sulfonylimido group (-SO 2 -NR Q -SO 2 R P group), -C(=O)NR Q SO 2 R P , an alkoxycarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a carbonate group, and a cyano group.
 なお、重合体(B)は、酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。この酸性プロトンを有する酸性基は、レジスト組成物中のオニウム塩化合物(A)と相互作用し得る相互作用性基であるため、本発明のレジスト組成物を用いて形成されたレジスト膜の未露光部においては、オニウム塩化合物(A)と重合体(B)とが相互作用し、現像液により溶けにくくなる。一方で、露光されると、重合体(B)の主鎖が分解して、オニウム塩化合物(A)と重合体(B)との相互作用が解除されるため、現像液に溶けやすくなる。つまり、上記作用によりレジスト膜において未露光部と露光部にて溶解コントラストがより高くなるため、本発明の効果により優れるものと考えられる。 The polymer (B) preferably has a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton. This acidic group having an acidic proton is an interactive group that can interact with the onium salt compound (A) in the resist composition, so that in the unexposed areas of the resist film formed using the resist composition of the present invention, the onium salt compound (A) and the polymer (B) interact with each other, making the resist film less soluble in the developer. On the other hand, when exposed to light, the main chain of the polymer (B) decomposes, and the interaction between the onium salt compound (A) and the polymer (B) is released, making the resist film more soluble in the developer. In other words, the above action increases the dissolution contrast between the unexposed and exposed areas of the resist film, which is considered to be a superior effect of the present invention.
 上記酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位は、重合体(B)を構成するいずれの繰り返し単位であってもよいが、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、一般式(1)中のAが酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む有機基を表すことがより好ましい。
 上述のように、活性光線又は放射線の照射により主鎖分解を起こす重合体においては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、主鎖分解と共に、主鎖に直結するエステル結合が部分的に分解し、脱炭酸反応が起きることが推測される。この際、一般式(1)中のAに酸性プロトンを有する酸性基が含まれると、脱炭酸反応による重合体の極性変換効果がより大きくなり、さらに本発明の効果に優れるものと推定している。
The repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton may be any repeating unit constituting the polymer (B). However, it is preferable that the repeating unit is a repeating unit represented by general formula (1), and it is more preferable that A1 in general formula (1) represents an organic group containing an acidic group having an acidic proton.
As described above, in the polymer in which the main chain decomposition occurs by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, it is presumed that the main chain decomposes and the ester bond directly connected to the main chain is partially decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, causing a decarboxylation reaction. In this case, if A 1 in the general formula (1) contains an acidic group having an acidic proton, the polarity conversion effect of the polymer due to the decarboxylation reaction becomes larger, and the effect of the present invention is further improved.
 一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by general formula (1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 一般式(2)中、
 Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、又は有機基を表す。
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 A11は、下記一般式(2a)~(2d)のいずれかで表される基を表す。
In the general formula (2),
X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
A 11 represents a group represented by any one of the following general formulas (2a) to (2d).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 一般式(2a)中、Zは、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。ANは、窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
 一般式(2b)中、Rは、水素原子、又は置換基を表す。Rは、置換基を表す。RとRは、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 一般式(2c)中、Rは、アミド基、イミド基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、又は水酸基を表す。nは1~5の整数を表す。nが2~5の整数を表す場合、複数のRは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(2d)中、Lは、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又は窒素含有芳香族基を表す。Rは、アルキル基、アリール基、又は窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
In formula (2a), Z represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and AN represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
In formula (2b), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 2 represents a substituent. R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
In formula (2c), R3 represents an amide group, an imide group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, or a hydroxyl group. n represents an integer of 1 to 5. When n represents an integer of 2 to 5, multiple R3s may be the same or different.
In formula (2d), L A represents -C(=O)- or -S(=O) 2 -. R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group. R 5 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
 一般式(2)中のX及びRは、一般式(1)中のX及びRと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。 X and R 0 in formula (2) have the same meaning as X and R 0 in formula (1), and preferred examples are also the same.
 一般式(2)中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Lが表す2価の連結基としては特に限定されないが、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アリーレン基、及びこれらを組み合わせてなる基等が挙げられる。
In formula (2), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group represented by L is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, and a group formed by combining these groups.
 アルキレン基としては、直鎖状、及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。
 アルキレン基の炭素数としては、1~20が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~2が更に好ましい。
The alkylene group may be either a straight chain or a branched chain.
The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 or 2 carbon atoms.
 シクロアルキレン基としては、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。また、シクロアルキレン基の炭素数としては特に制限されないが、例えば、5~15が好ましく、5~10がより好ましい。 The cycloalkylene group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkylene group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 15, and more preferably 5 to 10.
 アリーレン基としては、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよく、炭素数6~20のアリーレン基が好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリーレン基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基が更に好ましい。上記アリーレン基としては、なかでも、フェニレン基又はナフチレン基が好ましく、フェニレン基がより好ましい。 The arylene group may be either a monocyclic or polycyclic ring, and is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Of these, the arylene group is preferably a phenylene group or a naphthylene group, and more preferably a phenylene group.
 また、上記2価の連結基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、特に制限されず、ハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子又はヨウ素原子)等が挙げられる。 The divalent linking group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom or an iodine atom).
 Lは、単結合又はアルキレン基であることが好ましく、単結合、メチレン基、又はエチレン基であることがより好ましい。 L is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group, and more preferably a single bond, a methylene group, or an ethylene group.
 一般式(2)中、A11は、上記一般式(2a)~(2d)のいずれかで表される基を表す。
 一般式(2a)中、Zは、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。ANは、窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
 ANが表す窒素含有芳香族基における芳香環は、単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。芳香環に含まれる窒素原子の数は特に限定されないが、1~4が好ましく、1又は2がより好ましい。
 芳香環としては、例えば、炭素数3~20の窒素含有芳香環が挙げられる。具体的には、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアゾール環、オキサゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ベンゾトリアゾール環等が挙げられ、単環が好ましく、イミダゾール環、ピリジン環がより好ましい。
In formula (2), A 11 represents a group represented by any one of formulas (2a) to (2d) above.
In formula (2a), Z represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and AN represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
The aromatic ring in the nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by AN may be a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring. The number of nitrogen atoms contained in the aromatic ring is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2.
Examples of the aromatic ring include a nitrogen-containing aromatic ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Specific examples include a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiazole ring, an oxazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a benzimidazole ring, and a benzotriazole ring. A monocyclic ring is preferable, and an imidazole ring or a pyridine ring is more preferable.
 ANが表す窒素含有芳香族基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、水酸基、シアノ基等が好ましい。 The nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by AN may further have a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a cyano group.
 一般式(2b)中、Rは、水素原子、又は置換基を表す。Rは、置換基を表す。
 Rが表す置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、又は窒素含有芳香族基が挙げられる。
In formula (2b), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 2 represents a substituent.
Substituents represented by R 1 include alkyl groups, aryl groups, or nitrogen-containing aromatic groups.
 Rが表すアルキル基としては、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
 Rが表すアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等が挙げられ、フェニル基が特に好ましい。
 Rが表す窒素含有芳香族基としては、上述の一般式(2a)で表される基が挙げられる。
The alkyl group represented by R 1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
Examples of the aryl group represented by R 1 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
The nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by R 1 includes the group represented by the above general formula (2a).
 Rは、水素原子であることが好ましい。 R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 Rが表す置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、又は窒素含有芳香族基が挙げられる。
 Rが表すアルキル基、アリール基、及び窒素含有芳香族基は、上記Rが表すアルキル基、アリール基、及び窒素含有芳香族基と同様の基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。
Substituents represented by R2 include alkyl groups, aryl groups, or nitrogen-containing aromatic groups.
Examples of the alkyl group, aryl group, and nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by R2 include the same groups as the alkyl group, aryl group, and nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by R1 , and preferred examples are also the same.
 Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基を表すことが好ましく、メチル基又はフェニル基を表すことがより好ましい。 R2 preferably represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and more preferably represents a methyl group or a phenyl group.
 RとRは、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。特に、RとRが結合して、イミド構造を有する環を形成することが好ましい。
 具体的には、一般式(2b)で表される基が下記一般式(2bc)で表される基であることが好ましい。
R1 and R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In particular, it is preferable that R1 and R2 are bonded to each other to form a ring having an imide structure.
Specifically, the group represented by general formula (2b) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (2bc).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 一般式(2bc)中、Z及びZは、それぞれ独立に、-C(Rz)-又は-NRz-を表す。Rzはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。 In formula (2bc), Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent -C(Rz) 2 - or -NRz-, where each Rz independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
 Rzが表すアルキル基及びアリール基としては、上記Rが表すアルキル基及びアリール基が挙げられる。 The alkyl group and aryl group represented by Rz include the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R2 above.
 Zに含まれるRz、及びZに含まれるRzは、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。複数のRzが結合して形成される環としては、例えば、シクロペンタン環やシクロヘキサン環などの脂肪族炭化水素環やフェニル基等の芳香族炭化水素環が挙げられる。 Rz contained in Z1 and Rz contained in Z2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed by bonding multiple Rz include an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring such as a cyclopentane ring or a cyclohexane ring, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as a phenyl group.
 一般式(2c)中、Rは、アミド基、イミド基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、又は水酸基を表す。 In formula (2c), R3 represents an amide group, an imido group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, or a hydroxyl group.
 Rが表すアミド基としては、上述の一般式(2b)で表される基が挙げられる。
 Rが表すイミド基としては、下記一般式(M1)又は一般式(M2)で表される基であることが好ましい。
The amide group represented by R3 includes the group represented by the above general formula (2b).
The imido group represented by R3 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (M1) or (M2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 一般式(M1)及び(M2)中、*は置換位置を表す。
 一般式(M1)中、RM1は水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。
 一般式(M1)中、RM2はアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。
 一般式(M2)中、RM3、RM4はそれぞれ独立にアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。
In formulae (M1) and (M2), * represents a substitution position.
In formula (M1), R M1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
In formula (M1), R M2 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
In formula (M2), R M3 and R M4 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
 RM1としてのアルキル基は、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
 RM1としてのアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等が挙げられ、フェニル基が特に好ましい。
The alkyl group represented by R 1 M1 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
Examples of the aryl group represented by R M1 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
 RM2としてのアルキル基及びアリール基は、上記RM1としてのアルキル基及びアリール基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。
 RM2は、一般式(2c)中に明示されるフェニル基の環員炭素原子と結合して環を形成してもよい。
Examples of the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R M2 include the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R M1 above, and preferred examples are also the same.
R M2 may bond to a ring-membered carbon atom of the phenyl group shown in general formula (2c) to form a ring.
 RM3、RM4としてのアルキル基及びアリール基は、上記RM1としてのアルキル基及びアリール基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。
 RM3、RM4は、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
Examples of the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R M3 and R M4 include the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R M1 , and preferred examples are also the same.
R M3 and R M4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 RM1、RM2、RM3及びRM4は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子が好ましい。 R M1 , R M2 , R M3 and R M4 may further have a substituent, preferably a halogen atom.
 Rが表すアルキルカルボニル基におけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
 Rが表すアリールカルボニル基におけるアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等が挙げられ、フェニル基が特に好ましい。
The alkyl group in the alkylcarbonyl group represented by R 3 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
Examples of the aryl group in the arylcarbonyl group represented by R3 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
 Rは、カルボキシル基又は水酸基を表すことが好ましい。 R3 preferably represents a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group.
 一般式(2c)中、nは1~5の整数を表す。nは、1~3の整数であることが好ましく、2又は3がより好ましい。 In general formula (2c), n represents an integer from 1 to 5. n is preferably an integer from 1 to 3, and more preferably 2 or 3.
 一般式(2d)中、Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又は窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
 Rが表すアルキル基としては、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
 Rが表すアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等が挙げられ、フェニル基が特に好ましい。
 Rが表す窒素含有芳香族基としては、上述の一般式(2a)で表される基が挙げられる。
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基が好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、又はフェニル基がより好ましい。
In formula (2d), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
The alkyl group represented by R 4 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
Examples of the aryl group represented by R4 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group, with a phenyl group being particularly preferred.
The nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by R4 includes the group represented by the above general formula (2a).
R4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or a phenyl group.
 一般式(2d)中、Rは、アルキル基、アリール基、又は窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
 Rが表すアルキル基、アリール基、窒素含有芳香族基としては、Rとしてのアルキル基、アリール基、窒素含有芳香族基が挙げられる。
 Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
In formula (2d), R 5 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
Examples of the alkyl group, aryl group and nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by R5 include the alkyl group, aryl group and nitrogen-containing aromatic group represented by R4 .
R5 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a methyl group.
 A11としては、一般式(2a)又は一般式(2c)で表される基が好ましく、一般式(2c)で表される基がより好ましい。 A 11 is preferably a group represented by general formula (2a) or general formula (2c), and more preferably a group represented by general formula (2c).
 以下、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を構成するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、これに限定されない。また、下記表1においては、A-O-C(=O)-CH=CHで表される化合物におけるSP値(MPa1/2)についても併記する。 Specific examples of monomers constituting the repeating unit represented by general formula (1) are listed below, but are not limited to these. In addition, in the following Table 1, the SP value (MPa 1/2 ) of the compound represented by A 1 -O-C(═O)-CH═CH 2 is also listed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
 重合体(B)において、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、10モル%以上であるのが好ましく、20モル%以上であるのがより好ましく、40モル%以上であるのが更に好ましい。また、その上限値としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以下であるのが好ましく、80モル%以下であるのがより好ましく、70モル%以下であるのが更に好ましく、60モル%以下であるのが特に好ましい。
 なお、重合体(B)において、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位は、1種単独で含まれていてもよく、2種以上含まれていてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the polymer (B), the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 40 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units, and the upper limit is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, even more preferably 70 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 60 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units.
In addition, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) may be contained in the polymer (B) alone or in two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are contained, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferable content range.
(一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位) (Repeating unit represented by general formula (3))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 一般式(3)中、
 Yは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 Aは、芳香環基を表す。
In the general formula (3),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
A2 represents an aromatic ring group.
 Yは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。主鎖分解効率向上の観点から、メチル基がより好ましい。 Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. From the viewpoint of improving the efficiency of decomposition of the main chain, a methyl group is more preferable.
 Aが表す芳香環基における芳香環としては、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環が挙げられる。芳香環は単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。
 芳香族炭化水素環としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素環が挙げられる。具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、インデン環、アントラセン環、アセナフチレン環等が挙げられ、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。
 芳香族複素環としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素数3~20の芳香族複素環(環に含まれるヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子等が挙げられる)が挙げられる。具体的には、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピリジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環等が挙げられ、チオフェン環、フラン環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環が好ましく、ベンゾイミダゾール環又はベンゾチアゾール環がより好ましい。
Examples of the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group represented by A2 include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocycle. The aromatic ring may be a monocycle or a polycycle.
The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include aromatic hydrocarbon rings having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Specific examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an indene ring, an anthracene ring, and an acenaphthylene ring, with a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring being preferred, and a benzene ring being more preferred.
The aromatic heterocycle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include aromatic heterocycles having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (heteroatoms contained in the ring include, for example, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, etc.). Specific examples thereof include a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, etc., with the thiophene ring, furan ring, benzimidazole ring, and benzothiazole ring being preferred, and the benzimidazole ring or benzothiazole ring being more preferred.
 Aが表す芳香環基における芳香環としては、芳香族炭化水素環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。 The aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group represented by A2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, more preferably a benzene ring.
 Aが表す芳香環基はさらに置換基を有していてもよい。芳香環基が有する置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン化アルキル基、酸性プロトンを有する酸性基、電子供与性基等が挙げられる。 The aromatic ring group represented by A 2 may further have a substituent. The substituent of the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, an acidic group having an acidic proton, and an electron-donating group.
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。 Halogen atoms include fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, iodine atoms, etc.
 ハロゲン化アルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基における任意の水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換された基が挙げられる。 Examples of halogenated alkyl groups include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in which any hydrogen atom has been replaced with a halogen atom.
 酸性プロトンを有する酸性基としては、上述の一般式(1)中のAとしての酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を有する基における酸性プロトンを有する酸性基が挙げられる。 Examples of the acidic group having an acidic proton include the acidic group having an acidic proton in the group having an acidic group having an acidic proton as A 1 in the above general formula (1).
 電子供与性基としては、ハメットの置換基定数σp値が0未満である電子供与性基が好ましく挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the electron-donating group include electron-donating groups having a Hammett's substituent constant σp value of less than 0.
 ここで、ハメットの置換基定数σ値は、置換安息香酸の酸解離平衡定数における置換基の効果を数値で表したものであり、置換基の電子吸引性及び電子供与性の強度を示すパラメータである。本明細書におけるハメットの置換基定数σp値(以下、単に「σp値」ともいう。)は、置換基が安息香酸のパラ位に位置する場合の置換基定数σを意味する。
 本明細書における各基のσp値は、文献「Hansch et al.,Chemical Reviews,1991,Vol,91,No.2,165-195」に記載された値を採用する。なお、上記文献にσp値が示されていない基については、ソフトウェア「ACD/ChemSketch(ACD/Labs 8.00 Release Product Version:8.08)」を用いて、安息香酸のpKaと、パラ位に置換基を有する安息香酸誘導体のpKaとの差に基づいて、σp値を算出できる。
Here, the Hammett's substituent constant σ value is a numerical representation of the effect of a substituent on the acid dissociation equilibrium constant of a substituted benzoic acid, and is a parameter indicating the strength of the electron-withdrawing and electron-donating properties of the substituent. In this specification, the Hammett's substituent constant σp value (hereinafter also simply referred to as the "σp value") means the substituent constant σ when the substituent is located at the para position of the benzoic acid.
The σp value of each group in this specification is the value described in the literature "Hansch et al., Chemical Reviews, 1991, Vol. 91, No. 2, 165-195". For groups whose σp value is not shown in the literature, the σp value can be calculated based on the difference between the pKa of benzoic acid and the pKa of a benzoic acid derivative having a substituent at the para position using the software "ACD/ChemSketch (ACD/Labs 8.00 Release Product Version: 8.08)".
 電子供与性基のσp値は、-0.05以下が好ましく、-0.1以下がより好ましい。電子供与性基が有するσp値の下限は特に制限されないが、-0.9以上が好ましい。 The σp value of the electron-donating group is preferably -0.05 or less, and more preferably -0.1 or less. There is no particular lower limit to the σp value of the electron-donating group, but it is preferably -0.9 or more.
 ハメットの置換基定数σp値が0未満である電子供与性基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、モノアルキルアミノ基等が挙げられる。
 電子供与性基としてのアルキル基は、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基(σp=-0.17)が好ましい。
 電子供与性基としてのアルコキシ基におけるアルキル基部分としては、上記アルキル基が好ましい。アルコキシ基は、メトキシ基(σp=-0.27)が好ましい。
 電子供与性基としてのアルキルチオ基におけるアルキル基部分としては、上記アルキル基が好ましい。アルキルチオ基は、エチルチオ基(σp=-0.1)が好ましい。
 電子供与性基としてのジアルキルアミノ基におけるアルキル基部分としては、上記アルキル基が好ましい。ジアルキルアミノ基における2つのアルキル基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。ジアルキルアミノ基は、ジメチルアミノ基(σp=-0.83)が好ましい。
Examples of the electron-donating group having a Hammett's substituent constant σp value of less than 0 include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group.
The alkyl group as the electron donating group is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a methyl group (σp=−0.17) is preferred.
The alkyl group moiety in the alkoxy group serving as the electron-donating group is preferably the above-mentioned alkyl group. The alkoxy group is preferably a methoxy group (σp=−0.27).
The alkyl group moiety in the alkylthio group serving as the electron-donating group is preferably the above-mentioned alkyl group. The alkylthio group is preferably an ethylthio group (σp=−0.1).
The alkyl group moiety in the dialkylamino group as the electron-donating group is preferably the above alkyl group. The two alkyl groups in the dialkylamino group may be the same or different. The dialkylamino group is preferably a dimethylamino group (σp=−0.83).
 電子供与性基は、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、及びモノアルキルアミノ基から選ばれる少なくとも1つの基であることが好ましく、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、及びモノアルキルアミノ基から選ばれる少なくとも1つの基であることがより好ましい。 The electron donating group is preferably at least one group selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group, and more preferably at least one group selected from an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, a dialkylamino group, and a monoalkylamino group.
 Aは、電子供与性基を有する芳香環基であることが好ましい。また、Aは、置換基として、電子供与性基及び酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を有する芳香環基であることも好ましい。 A2 is preferably an aromatic ring group having an electron-donating group. Also, A2 is preferably an aromatic ring group having an electron-donating group and an acidic group having an acidic proton as a substituent.
 上記芳香環基が有する電子供与性基の数としては、特に限定されないが、2~4が好ましく、2又は3がより好ましい。 The number of electron-donating groups in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 4, and more preferably 2 or 3.
 一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(4)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by general formula (3) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (4):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 一般式(4)中、
 Yは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 EDGは電子供与性基を表す。
 Aは置換基を表す。
 mは、1~5の整数を表す。
 pは0~5の整数を表す。但し、1≦m+p≦5を満たす。
In general formula (4),
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
EDG represents an electron donating group.
A3 represents a substituent.
m represents an integer of 1 to 5.
p represents an integer of 0 to 5, provided that 1≦m+p≦5 is satisfied.
 一般式(4)中のYは、一般式(3)中のYと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。 Y in general formula (4) has the same meaning as Y in general formula (3), and the preferred examples are also the same.
 一般式(4)中のEDGは、一般式(3)中のAが有し得る置換基として記載した電子供与性基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。
 一般式(4)中のAは、一般式(3)中のAが有し得る置換基として記載したハロゲン原子、ハロゲン化アルキル基、酸性プロトンを有する酸性基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。
は電子供与性基とは異なる基である。
Examples of EDG in the general formula (4) include the electron-donating groups described as the substituent that A2 in the general formula (3) may have, and preferred examples are also the same.
A3 in the general formula (4) may be a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, or an acidic group having an acidic proton, as described above as a substituent that A2 in the general formula (3) may have, and preferred examples are also the same.
A3 is a group different from the electron donating group.
 mは、2~4の整数が好ましく、2又は3がより好ましい。
 pは0~2の整数が好ましく、0又は1がより好ましい。
m is preferably an integer of 2 to 4, and more preferably 2 or 3.
p is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
 以下、一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を構成するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、これに制限されない。 Specific examples of monomers constituting the repeating unit represented by general formula (3) are given below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 重合体(B)において、一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、10モル%以上であるのが好ましく、20モル%以上であるのがより好ましく、40モル%以上であるのが更に好ましい。また、その上限値としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、例えば、95モル%以下が好ましく、90モル%以下であるのがより好ましく、80モル%以下であるのが更に好ましく、60モル%以下であるのが特に好ましい。
 なお、重合体(B)において、一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位は、1種単独で含まれていてもよく、2種以上含まれていてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the polymer (B), the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 40 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, even more preferably 80 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 60 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units.
In the polymer (B), the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) may be contained in one kind alone or in two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are contained, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferable content range.
(その他の繰り返し単位)
 重合体(B)は、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲において、上述した繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
 具体的には、例えば、下記一般式(5)で表される繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。なお、一般式(5)で表される繰り返し単位のうち、上述の一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位に該当するものは、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位として扱う。
(Other repeating units)
The polymer (B) may contain repeating units other than the repeating units described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Specifically, for example, the repeating unit may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (5): Among the repeating units represented by general formula (5), those corresponding to the repeating units represented by the above-mentioned general formula (1) are treated as repeating units represented by general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 一般式(5)中、
 Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
 R01は、水素原子、又は有機基を表す。
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 A21は、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、ラクトン基、又はオニウム塩構造を含む基を表す。
In general formula (5),
X1 represents a halogen atom.
R 01 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
L1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
A 21 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a lactone group, or a group containing an onium salt structure.
 Xが表すハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。 Examples of the halogen atom represented by X 1 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 R01が表す有機基としては、上述の一般式(1)中のRが表す有機基として記載した基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。 Examples of the organic group represented by R 01 include the groups described as the organic group represented by R 0 in the above general formula (1), and preferred examples are also the same.
 Lが表す2価の連結基としては、述の一般式(1)中のLが表す2価の連結基として記載した基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 include the groups described as the divalent linking group represented by L in the above general formula (1), and preferred examples are also the same.
 一般式(5)中、A21は、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、ラクトン基、又はオニウム塩構造を含む基を表す。 In formula (5), A 21 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a lactone group, or a group containing an onium salt structure.
 A21が表すアルキル基としては、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状アルキル基が挙げられる。
 上記アルキル基の炭素数としては特に制限されず、例えば、1~20が挙げられ、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。
The alkyl group represented by A 21 may be a linear or branched alkyl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and further preferably 1 to 6.
 A21が表すシクロアルキル基としては、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。
 また、シクロアルキル基の炭素数としては特に制限されないが、例えば、5~15が好ましく、5~10がより好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びにノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。
The cycloalkyl group represented by A 21 may be either a monocyclic or polycyclic group.
The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but is, for example, preferably 5 to 15, and more preferably 5 to 10. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
 A21が表すアリール基としては、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよく、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基が更に好ましい。上記アリール基としては、なかでも、フェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。 The aryl group represented by A 21 may be either a monocyclic or polycyclic ring, and is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Of these, the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
 A21が表すラクトン基としては、5~7員環のラクトン基が好ましく、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環のラクトン環に他の環構造が縮環しているものがより好ましい。 The lactone group represented by A 21 is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone group, and more preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone ring to which another ring structure is condensed in the form of a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure.
 A21が表すオニウム塩構造を含む基におけるオニウム塩構造とは、カチオン及びアニオンのイオン対を有する構造部位であり、「Xn-nM」で表される構造部位(nは、例えば、1~3の整数を表し、1又は2を表すのが好ましい。)であるのが好ましい。
 Mは、正電荷を帯びた原子又は原子団を含む構造部位であり、Xn-は、負電荷を帯びた原子又は原子団を含む構造部位を表す。オニウム塩基におけるアニオンは、非求核性アニオン(求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオン)であるのが好ましい。オニウム塩基におけるアニオンが非求核性アニオンである場合、光分解型オニウム塩構造となりやすい。なお、非求核性アニオンの具体例としては、上述の光分解型オニウム塩化合物の発生酸として説明する非求核性アニオンが挙げられる。
The onium salt structure in the group containing an onium salt structure represented by A 21 is a structural moiety having an ion pair of a cation and an anion, and is preferably a structural moiety represented by "X n- nM + " (n represents, for example, an integer of 1 to 3, and preferably represents 1 or 2).
M + represents a structural moiety containing a positively charged atom or atomic group, and Xn- represents a structural moiety containing a negatively charged atom or atomic group. The anion in the onium base is preferably a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion with a significantly low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction). When the anion in the onium base is a non-nucleophilic anion, it is likely to form a photodecomposition type onium salt structure. Specific examples of the non-nucleophilic anion include the non-nucleophilic anion described above as the generated acid of the photodecomposition type onium salt compound.
 A21が表す上記基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。 The above group represented by A 21 may further have a substituent.
 以下、その他の繰り返し単位を構成するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、これに制限されない。 Specific examples of monomers that make up other repeating units are given below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 重合体(B)において、その他の繰り返し単位を含む場合の含有量としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、30モル%以下であるのが好ましく、15モル%以下であるのがより好ましい。 When polymer (B) contains other repeating units, the content of these repeating units is preferably 30 mol % or less, and more preferably 15 mol % or less, based on the total number of repeating units.
 なお、本発明は、(A)オニウム塩化合物、及び(B)上述の一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、及び上述の一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有する重合体を含む、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物にも関する。
 各繰り返し単位の詳細、重合体の全繰り返し単位に対する含有量の好ましい範囲、及び有し得るその他の繰り返し単位は、上述のとおりである。
The present invention also relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising (A) an onium salt compound and (B) a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) and a repeating unit represented by the above general formula (3).
Details of each repeating unit, the preferred range of the content relative to all repeating units of the polymer, and other repeating units that may be contained are as described above.
 重合体(B)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成できる。
 GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として、重合体(B)の重量平均分子量は、1,000~200,000が好ましく、2,500~150,000がより好ましく、25,00~80,000が更に好ましい。重量平均分子量が上記数値範囲の場合、耐熱性及びドライエッチング耐性の劣化をより一層抑制できる。また、現像性の劣化、及び粘度が高くなって製膜性が劣化することもより一層抑制できる。
 重合体(B)の分散度(分子量分布)は、通常1.0~5.0であり、1.0~3.0が好ましく、1.2~3.0がより好ましく、1.2~2.0が更に好ましい。分散度が小さいものほど、解像度及びレジスト形状がより優れる。
The polymer (B) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
The weight average molecular weight of the polymer (B) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,500 to 150,000, and even more preferably 25,000 to 80,000, as calculated in terms of polystyrene by the GPC method. When the weight average molecular weight is within the above range, deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be further suppressed. In addition, deterioration of developability and deterioration of film formability due to an increase in viscosity can be further suppressed.
The polydispersity (molecular weight distribution) of the polymer (B) is usually 1.0 to 5.0, preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and even more preferably 1.2 to 2.0. The smaller the polydispersity, the better the resolution and resist shape.
 本発明の組成物において、重合体(B)の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、50質量%以上が好ましく、60質量%以上がより好ましく、65質量%以上が更に好ましく、70質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限値としては、100質量%以下が好ましく、95質量%がより好ましい。
 また、重合体(B)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the composition of the present invention, the content of the polymer (B) is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, even more preferably 65% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 70% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition. The upper limit is preferably 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or less.
The polymer (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned suitable content range.
<溶剤>
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。
 溶剤は、(M1)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、並びに、(M2)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸エステル、酢酸エステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸エステル、鎖状ケトン、環状ケトン、ラクトン、及びアルキレンカーボネートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの少なくとも一方を含んでいるのが好ましい。なお、この溶剤は、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含んでいてもよい。
<Solvent>
The resist composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
The solvent preferably contains (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and (M2) at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactate ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionate ester, linear ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. The solvent may further contain components other than the components (M1) and (M2).
 このような溶剤と重合体(B)とを組み合わせて用いた場合、レジスト組成物の塗布性が向上すると共に、現像欠陥数の少ないパターンが形成し易い。この理由として、これら溶剤は、重合体(B)の溶解性、沸点、及び粘度のバランスに優れるため、レジスト組成物から形成された膜であるレジスト膜の膜厚のムラ及びスピンコート中の析出物の発生等を抑制できることに起因していると推測される。 When such a solvent is used in combination with the polymer (B), the coatability of the resist composition is improved and patterns with fewer development defects are easily formed. This is presumably because these solvents have an excellent balance of the solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the polymer (B), and therefore can suppress unevenness in the thickness of the resist film, which is a film formed from the resist composition, and the occurrence of precipitates during spin coating.
 成分(M1)としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA:propylene glycol monomethylether acetate)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート、及び、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)がより好ましい。 As component (M1), at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate is preferred, with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) being more preferred.
 成分(M2)としては、以下のものが好ましい。
 プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルとしては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME:propylene glycol monomethylether)、及び、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル(PGEE:propylene glycol monoethylether)が好ましい。
 乳酸エステルとしては、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、又は、乳酸プロピルが好ましい。
 酢酸エステルとしては、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソアミル、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、又は、酢酸3-メトキシブチルが好ましい。
 また、酪酸ブチルも好ましい。
 アルコキシプロピオン酸エステルとしては、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル(MMP:methyl 3-Methoxypropionate)、又は、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル(EEP:ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate)が好ましい。
 鎖状ケトンとしては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、又は、メチルアミルケトンが好ましい。
 環状ケトンとしては、メチルシクロヘキサノン、イソホロン、シクロペンタノン、又は、シクロヘキサノンが好ましい。
 ラクトンとしては、γ-ブチロラクトンが好ましい。
 アルキレンカーボネートとしては、プロピレンカーボネートが好ましい。
As the component (M2), the following are preferred.
As the propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) and propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE) are preferred.
The lactate ester is preferably ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, or propyl lactate.
The acetate ester is preferably methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, or 3-methoxybutyl acetate.
Also preferred is butyl butyrate.
As the alkoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate (MMP) or ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (EEP) is preferred.
As the chain ketone, 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methyl naphthyl ketone, or methyl amyl ketone is preferred.
The cyclic ketone is preferably methylcyclohexanone, isophorone, cyclopentanone, or cyclohexanone.
The lactone is preferably γ-butyrolactone.
As the alkylene carbonate, propylene carbonate is preferred.
 成分(M2)としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、乳酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、メチルアミルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ペンチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、又は、プロピレンカーボネートがより好ましい。 More preferably, component (M2) is propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), ethyl lactate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl amyl ketone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, gamma-butyrolactone, or propylene carbonate.
 溶剤としては、上述の成分の他、炭素数が7以上(7~14が好ましく、7~12がより好ましく、7~10が更に好ましい)、かつ、ヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤を含むのも好ましい。
 炭素数が7以上かつヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤としては、酢酸アミル、酢酸2-メチルブチル、酢酸1-メチルブチル、酢酸ヘキシル、プロピオン酸ペンチル、プロピオン酸ヘキシル、プロピオン酸ブチル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸ヘプチル、又は、ブタン酸ブチルが好ましく、酢酸イソアミルがより好ましい。
In addition to the above-mentioned components, the solvent preferably includes an ester-based solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms (preferably 7 to 14, more preferably 7 to 12, and even more preferably 7 to 10) and 2 or less heteroatoms.
As the ester-based solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatoms, amyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, butyl propionate, isobutyl isobutyrate, heptyl propionate, or butyl butanoate is preferred, and isoamyl acetate is more preferred.
 成分(M2)としては、引火点(以下、fpともいう)が37℃以上であるものが好ましい。このような成分(M2)としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(fp:47℃)、乳酸エチル(fp:53℃)、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル(fp:49℃)、メチルアミルケトン(fp:42℃)、シクロヘキサノン(fp:44℃)、酢酸ペンチル(fp:45℃)、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル(fp:45℃)、γ-ブチロラクトン(fp:101℃)、又は、プロピレンカーボネート(fp:132℃)が好ましい。これらのうち、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、乳酸エチル、酢酸ペンチル、又は、シクロヘキサノンがより好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、又は、乳酸エチルが更に好ましい。
 なお、ここで「引火点」とは、東京化成工業株式会社又はシグマアルドリッチ社の試薬カタログに記載されている値を意味している。
As the component (M2), those having a flash point (hereinafter also referred to as fp) of 37° C. or more are preferable. As such a component (M2), propylene glycol monomethyl ether (fp: 47° C.), ethyl lactate (fp: 53° C.), ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (fp: 49° C.), methyl amyl ketone (fp: 42° C.), cyclohexanone (fp: 44° C.), pentyl acetate (fp: 45° C.), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate (fp: 45° C.), γ-butyrolactone (fp: 101° C.), or propylene carbonate (fp: 132° C.) are preferable. Among these, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethyl lactate, pentyl acetate, or cyclohexanone are more preferable, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether or ethyl lactate are even more preferable.
The "flash point" herein refers to the value listed in the reagent catalog of Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. or Sigma-Aldrich Co.
 溶剤は、成分(M1)を含んでいることが好ましい。溶剤は、実質的に成分(M1)のみからなるか、又は、成分(M1)と他の成分との混合溶剤であることがより好ましい。後者の場合、溶剤は、成分(M1)と成分(M2)との双方を含んでいることが更に好ましい。
 成分(M1)と成分(M2)との質量比(M1/M2)は、「100/0」~「15/85」の範囲内にあることが好ましく、「100/0」~「40/60」の範囲内にあることがより好ましく、「100/0」~「60/40」の範囲内にあることが更に好ましい。つまり、溶剤は、成分(M1)のみからなるか、又は、成分(M1)と成分(M2)との双方を含んでおり、かつ、それらの質量比が以下の通りであることが好ましい。即ち、後者の場合、成分(M2)に対する成分(M1)の質量比は、15/85以上であることが好ましく、40/60以上であることよりが好ましく、60/40以上であることが更に好ましい。このような構成を採用すると、現像欠陥数を更に減少させることが可能となる。
The solvent preferably contains the component (M1). More preferably, the solvent consists essentially of the component (M1) alone, or is a mixed solvent of the component (M1) and other components. In the latter case, the solvent further preferably contains both the component (M1) and the component (M2).
The mass ratio (M1/M2) of the component (M1) to the component (M2) is preferably in the range of "100/0" to "15/85", more preferably in the range of "100/0" to "40/60", and even more preferably in the range of "100/0" to "60/40". In other words, the solvent is preferably composed of only the component (M1) or contains both the component (M1) and the component (M2), and the mass ratio thereof is as follows. In other words, in the latter case, the mass ratio of the component (M1) to the component (M2) is preferably 15/85 or more, more preferably 40/60 or more, and even more preferably 60/40 or more. By adopting such a configuration, it is possible to further reduce the number of development defects.
 なお、溶剤が成分(M1)と成分(M2)との双方を含んでいる場合、成分(M2)に対する成分(M1)の質量比は、例えば、99/1以下とすることができる。 When the solvent contains both component (M1) and component (M2), the mass ratio of component (M1) to component (M2) can be, for example, 99/1 or less.
 溶剤が成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含む場合、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分の含有量は、溶剤の全量に対して、5~30質量%が好ましい。 If the solvent further contains components other than components (M1) and (M2), the content of the components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30 mass % based on the total amount of the solvent.
 本発明のレジスト組成物中の溶剤の含有量は、塗布性がより優れる点で、固形分濃度が0.5~30質量%となるように定めるのが好ましく、1~20質量%となるように定めるのがより好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the resist composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solids concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 20% by mass, in order to provide better coatability.
<疎水性樹脂>
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、更に、重合体(B)とは異なる疎水性樹脂を含んでいてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂はレジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性物質及び非極性物質の均一な混合に寄与しなくてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂の添加による効果として、現像液に対するレジスト膜表面の静的及び動的な接触角の制御、並びに、アウトガスの抑制が挙げられる。
<Hydrophobic resin>
The resist composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin different from the polymer (B).
The hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and does not necessarily have to contribute to uniform mixing of polar and non-polar substances.
The effects of adding a hydrophobic resin include control of the static and dynamic contact angles of the resist film surface with respect to the developer, and suppression of outgassing.
 疎水性樹脂は、膜表層への偏在化の点から、フッ素原子、珪素原子、及び、樹脂の側鎖部分に含まれたCH部分構造のいずれか1種以上を有するのが好ましく、2種以上を有することがより好ましい。上記疎水性樹脂は、炭素数5以上の炭化水素基を有することが好ましい。これらの基は樹脂の主鎖中に有していても、側鎖に置換していてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂としては、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0275]~[0279]に記載される化合物が挙げられる。
From the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the surface layer of the film, the hydrophobic resin preferably has at least one of fluorine atoms, silicon atoms, and CH3 partial structures contained in the side chain portion of the resin, more preferably has at least two of them. The hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chain.
Examples of hydrophobic resins include the compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of WO 2020/004306.
 本発明のレジスト組成物が疎水性樹脂を含む場合、疎水性樹脂の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~20.0質量%が好ましく、0.1~15.0質量%がより好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂は、1種で使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
When the resist composition of the present invention contains a hydrophobic resin, the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably from 0.01 to 20.0 mass %, and more preferably from 0.1 to 15.0 mass %, based on the total solid content of the resist composition.
The hydrophobic resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
<界面活性剤>
 レジスト組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含むと、密着性により優れ、現像欠陥のより少ないパターンを形成できる。
 界面活性剤は、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤が好ましい。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0218]及び[0219]に開示された界面活性剤が挙げられる。
 レジスト組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1質量%がより好ましい。
 界面活性剤は、1種で使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
<Surfactant>
The resist composition may contain a surfactant, which can provide a pattern with better adhesion and fewer development defects.
The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
Examples of fluorine-based and/or silicone-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of WO 2018/193954.
When the resist composition contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably from 0.0001 to 2 mass %, and more preferably from 0.0005 to 1 mass %, based on the total solid content of the resist composition.
The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more surfactants are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
[レジスト膜、パターン形成方法]
 本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜にも関する。
 また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程と、上記膜を露光する工程と、露光された膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を有する、パターン形成方法にも関する。
[Resist film and pattern forming method]
The present invention also relates to a resist film formed using the above actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
The present invention also relates to a pattern forming method, comprising the steps of forming a film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, exposing the film to light, and developing the exposed film using a developer.
 上記レジスト組成物を用いたパターン形成方法の手順は特に制限されないが、以下の工程を有するのが好ましい。
 工程1:感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程
 工程2:レジスト膜を露光する工程
 工程3:露光されたレジスト膜を有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程
 以下、上記それぞれの工程の手順について詳述する。
The procedure for forming a pattern using the resist composition is not particularly limited, but it is preferable for the method to include the following steps.
Step 1: Forming a resist film on a substrate using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition; Step 2: Exposing the resist film; Step 3: Developing the exposed resist film using a developer containing an organic solvent. The procedure of each of the above steps will be described in detail below.
<工程1:レジスト膜形成工程>
 工程1は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程である。
 レジスト組成物の定義は、上述の通りである。
<Step 1: Resist film forming step>
Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
The resist composition is as defined above.
 レジスト組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を形成する方法としては、例えば、レジスト組成物を基板上に塗布する方法が挙げられる。
 なお、塗布前にレジスト組成物を必要に応じてフィルター濾過するのが好ましい。フィルターのポアサイズは、0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。また、フィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又は、ナイロン製が好ましい。
An example of a method for forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition is a method in which the resist composition is applied onto a substrate.
It is preferable to filter the resist composition before coating as necessary. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.03 μm or less. The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
 レジスト組成物は、集積回路素子の製造に使用されるような基板(例:シリコン、二酸化シリコン被覆)上に、スピナー又はコーター等の適当な塗布方法により塗布できる。塗布方法は、スピナーを用いたスピン塗布が好ましい。スピナーを用いたスピン塗布をする際の回転数は、1000~3000rpm(rotations per minute)が好ましい。
 レジスト組成物の塗布後、基板を乾燥し、レジスト膜を形成してもよい。なお、必要により、レジスト膜の下層に、各種下地膜(無機膜、有機膜、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。
The resist composition can be applied onto a substrate (e.g., silicon, silicon dioxide-coated) such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit elements by a suitable application method such as a spinner or coater. The application method is preferably spin coating using a spinner. The rotation speed when spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute).
After coating the resist composition, the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. If necessary, various undercoats (inorganic films, organic films, anti-reflective films) may be formed under the resist film.
 乾燥方法としては、例えば、加熱して乾燥する方法が挙げられる。加熱は通常の露光機、及び/又は、現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて実施してもよい。加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。加熱時間は30~1000秒が好ましく、60~800秒がより好ましく、60~600秒が更に好ましい。 The drying method may be, for example, a method of drying by heating. Heating can be performed by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or a developing machine, and may also be performed using a hot plate or the like. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, and even more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, and even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
 レジスト膜の膜厚は特に制限されないが、より高精度な微細パターンを形成できる点から、10~120nmが好ましい。なかでも、EUV露光及びEB露光とする場合、レジスト膜の膜厚としては、10~65nmがより好ましく、15~50nmが更に好ましい。また、ArF液浸露光とする場合、レジスト膜の膜厚としては、10~120nmがより好ましく、15~90nmが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm, since it allows for the formation of fine patterns with higher accuracy. In particular, when EUV exposure and EB exposure are used, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm. Furthermore, when ArF immersion exposure is used, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
 なお、レジスト膜の上層にトップコート組成物を用いてトップコートを形成してもよい。
 トップコート組成物は、レジスト膜と混合せず、更にレジスト膜上層に均一に塗布できるのが好ましい。トップコートは、特に限定されず、従来公知のトップコートを、従来公知の方法によって形成でき、例えば、特開2014-059543号公報の段落[0072]~[0082]の記載に基づいてトップコートを形成できる。
 例えば、特開2013-061648号公報に記載されたような塩基性化合物を含むトップコートを、レジスト膜上に形成するのが好ましい。
 また、トップコートは、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、水酸基、チオール基、カルボニル結合、及びエステル結合からなる群より選択される基又は結合を少なくとも一つ含む化合物を含むのも好ましい。
A top coat may be formed on the resist film using a top coat composition.
It is preferable that the top coat composition does not mix with the resist film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film. The top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method. For example, a top coat can be formed based on the description in paragraphs [0072] to [0082] of JP2014-059543A.
For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-061648 on the resist film.
The top coat also preferably contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
<工程2:露光工程>
 工程2は、レジスト膜を露光する工程である。
 露光の方法としては、形成したレジスト膜に所定のマスクを通して活性光線又は放射線を照射する方法が挙げられる。
 活性光線又は放射線としては、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極端紫外線、X線、及び電子線が挙げられ、好ましくは250nm以下、より好ましくは220nm以下、特に好ましくは1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、EUV(13nm)、X線、及び電子線が挙げられる。
<Step 2: Exposure Step>
Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film to light.
The exposure method may be a method in which the formed resist film is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
Examples of actinic rays or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, and preferably far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and particularly preferably 1 to 200 nm, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
 露光後、現像を行う前に露光後加熱処理(露光後ベークともいう。)を行うのが好ましい。露光後加熱処理により露光部の反応が促進され、感度及びパターン形状がより良好となる。
 加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。
 加熱時間は10~1000秒が好ましく、10~180秒がより好ましく、30~120秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光機及び/又は現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
After exposure, it is preferable to carry out a post-exposure heat treatment (also called post-exposure bake) before development, which promotes the reaction of the exposed area and improves the sensitivity and pattern shape.
The heating temperature is preferably from 80 to 150°C, more preferably from 80 to 140°C, and even more preferably from 80 to 130°C.
The heating time is preferably from 10 to 1,000 seconds, more preferably from 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably from 30 to 120 seconds.
Heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
<工程3:現像工程>
 工程3は、現像液を用いて、露光されたレジスト膜を現像し、パターンを形成する工程である。
 現像液は、アルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含む現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう)であってもよいが、有機系現像液であることが好ましい。
<Step 3: Development Step>
Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film with a developer to form a pattern.
The developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer), but is preferably an organic developer.
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止して現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、及び一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)が挙げられる。
 また、現像を行う工程の後に、他の溶剤に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
 現像時間は未露光部の樹脂が十分に溶解する時間であれば特に制限はなく、10~300秒が好ましく、20~120秒がより好ましい。
 現像液の温度は0~50℃が好ましく、15~35℃がより好ましい。
Examples of the developing method include a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of piling up the developing solution on the substrate surface by surface tension and leaving it still for a certain period of time to develop (paddle method), a method of spraying the developing solution on the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developing solution while scanning a developing solution discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispense method).
After the development step, a step of stopping the development while replacing the solvent with another solvent may be carried out.
The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed area is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably from 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably from 20 to 120 seconds.
The temperature of the developer is preferably from 0 to 50°C, and more preferably from 15 to 35°C.
 アルカリ現像液は、アルカリを含むアルカリ水溶液を用いることが好ましい。アルカリ水溶液の種類は特に制限されないが、例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される4級アンモニウム塩、無機アルカリ、1級アミン、2級アミン、3級アミン、アルコールアミン、又は、環状アミン等を含むアルカリ水溶液が挙げられる。中でも、アルカリ現像液は、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)に代表される4級アンモニウム塩の水溶液であることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液には、アルコール類、界面活性剤等を適当量添加してもよい。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常、0.1~20質量%であることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常、10.0~15.0であることが好ましい。 The alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous alkaline solution containing an alkali. There are no particular limitations on the type of the aqueous alkaline solution, but examples include an aqueous alkaline solution containing a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide, an inorganic alkali, a primary amine, a secondary amine, a tertiary amine, an alcohol amine, or a cyclic amine. Of these, the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Appropriate amounts of alcohols, surfactants, etc. may be added to the alkaline developer. The alkaline concentration of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 10.0 to 15.0.
 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましい。 The organic developer preferably contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満が更に好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないのが特に好ましい。
 有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50質量%以上100質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以上100質量%以下が更に好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下が特に好ましい。
The above-mentioned solvents may be mixed in combination, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or with water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, still more preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the developer.
<他の工程>
 上記パターン形成方法は、工程3の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含むのが好ましい。
<Other steps>
The above pattern forming method preferably includes, after step 3, a step of washing with a rinsing liquid.
 アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、例えば、純水が挙げられる。なお、純水には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。
 リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。
The rinse liquid used in the rinse step following the step of developing with an alkaline developer is, for example, pure water, to which an appropriate amount of a surfactant may be added.
A suitable amount of a surfactant may be added to the rinse solution.
 有機系現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、パターンを溶解しないものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液は、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いるのが好ましい。 The rinse liquid used in the rinse step following the development step using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. It is preferable to use a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents.
 リンス工程の方法は特に限定されず、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、及び基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)等が挙げられる。
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含んでいてもよい。本工程により、ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。また、本工程により、レジストパターンがなまされ、パターンの表面荒れが改善される効果もある。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~250℃(好ましくは90~200℃)で、通常10秒間~3分間(好ましくは30秒間~120秒間)行う。
The method of the rinsing step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of continuously discharging a rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (spin coating method), a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time (dip method), and a method of spraying the rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
The pattern forming method of the present invention may also include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. This step removes the developer and rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the pattern due to baking. This step also has the effect of annealing the resist pattern and improving the surface roughness of the pattern. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 250°C (preferably 90 to 200°C) for usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
 また、形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板のエッチング処理を実施してもよい。つまり、工程3にて形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)を加工して、基板にパターンを形成してもよい。
 基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)の加工方法は特に限定されないが、工程3で形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)に対してドライエッチングを行うことにより、基板にパターンを形成する方法が好ましい。ドライエッチングは、酸素プラズマエッチングが好ましい。
Furthermore, the formed pattern may be used as a mask to perform an etching process on the substrate. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
Although the method for processing the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, a method is preferred in which the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) is dry-etched using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask to form a pattern on the substrate. The dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
 レジスト組成物、及び本発明のパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、トップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属等の不純物を含まないのが好ましい。これら材料に含まれる不純物の含有量は、1質量ppm(parts per million)以下が好ましく、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下がより好ましく、100質量ppt(parts per trillion)以下が更に好ましく、10質量ppt以下が特に好ましく、1質量ppt以下が最も好ましい。ここで、金属不純物としては、例えば、Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W、及びZn等が挙げられる。 The resist composition and various materials used in the pattern formation method of the present invention (e.g., solvent, developer, rinse, anti-reflective film forming composition, top coat forming composition, etc.) preferably do not contain impurities such as metals. The content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, even more preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less. Here, examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W, and Zn.
 各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルターを用いた濾過の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0321]に記載される。 An example of a method for removing impurities such as metals from various materials is filtration using a filter. Details of filtration using a filter are described in paragraph [0321] of WO 2020/004306.
 また、各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、例えば、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する方法、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う方法、及び装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う方法等が挙げられる。 In addition, methods for reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials include, for example, selecting raw materials with low metal content as the raw materials that make up the various materials, filtering the raw materials that make up the various materials, and performing distillation under conditions that minimize contamination as much as possible, such as lining the inside of the equipment with Teflon (registered trademark).
 フィルター濾過の他、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材とを組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を使用でき、例えば、シリカゲル及びゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、並びに、活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減するためには、製造工程における金属不純物の混入を防止する必要がある。製造装置から金属不純物が十分に除去されたかどうかは、製造装置の洗浄に使用された洗浄液中に含まれる金属成分の含有量を測定して確認できる。使用後の洗浄液に含まれる金属成分の含有量は、100質量ppt以下が好ましく、10質量ppt以下がより好ましく、1質量ppt以下が更に好ましい。 In addition to filtration, impurities may be removed using an adsorbent, or a combination of filtration and an adsorbent may be used. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used, for example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon. In order to reduce impurities such as metals contained in the various materials mentioned above, it is necessary to prevent the incorporation of metal impurities during the manufacturing process. Whether or not metal impurities have been sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of metal components contained in the cleaning solution used to clean the manufacturing equipment. The content of metal components contained in the cleaning solution after use is preferably 100 ppt by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppt by mass or less, and even more preferably 1 ppt by mass or less.
 また、レジスト組成物は、不純物として水を含む場合もある。不純物として水を含む場合、水の含有量としては、少ない程好ましいが、レジスト組成物全体に対して、1~30000質量ppm含まれていてもよい。
 また、レジスト組成物は、不純物として残存モノマー(例えば、重合体(B)の合成に使用された原料モノマーに由来するモノマー(単量体))を含む場合もある。不純物として残存モノマーを含む場合、残存モノマーの含有量としては、少ない程好ましいが、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、1~30000質量ppm含まれていてもよい。
Furthermore, the resist composition may contain water as an impurity. When water is contained as an impurity, the smaller the water content, the more preferable, but the resist composition may contain 1 to 30,000 ppm by mass of water as a whole.
Furthermore, the resist composition may contain a residual monomer as an impurity (for example, a monomer derived from the raw material monomer used in the synthesis of the polymer (B)). When the resist composition contains a residual monomer as an impurity, the smaller the content of the residual monomer, the more preferable, but the resist composition may contain the residual monomer in an amount of 1 to 30,000 ppm by mass relative to the total solid content of the resist composition.
 リンス液等の有機系処理液には、静電気の帯電、引き続き生じる静電気放電に伴う、薬液配管及び各種パーツ(フィルター、O-リング、チューブ等)の故障を防止する為、導電性の化合物を添加してもよい。導電性の化合物は特に制限されないが、例えば、メタノールが挙げられる。添加量は特に制限されないが、好ましい現像特性又はリンス特性を維持する点で、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。
 薬液配管としては、例えば、SUS(ステンレス鋼)、又は、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、若しくは、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフロオロアルコキシ樹脂等)で被膜された各種配管を使用できる。フィルター及びO-リングに関しても同様に、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、又は、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフロオロアルコキシ樹脂等)を使用できる。
An organic processing liquid such as a rinse liquid may contain a conductive compound to prevent breakdown of chemical liquid piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity buildup and subsequent static electricity discharge. The conductive compound is not particularly limited, but an example thereof is methanol. The amount added is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of maintaining favorable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics, it is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less.
The chemical liquid piping may be made of, for example, stainless steel (SUS), or various piping coated with antistatic polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.). Similarly, the filter and O-ring may be made of antistatic polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.).
[電子デバイスの製造方法]
 本発明は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及びこの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 本発明の電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation)、メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
[Electronic device manufacturing method]
The present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device, which includes the above-mentioned pattern formation method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
The electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted in electric and electronic equipment (such as home appliances, OA (Office Automation), media-related equipment, optical equipment, and communication equipment).
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明をさらに詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。 The present invention will be described in more detail below based on examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be interpreted as being limited by the examples shown below.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の各種成分]
〔重合体(B)〕
 表3に示される重合体(B-1~B-20及びRB-1~RB-6)を以下に示す。
 B-6は、後述する合成方法(合成例1)により合成したものを用いた。B-1~B-5、B-7~B-20、及びRB-1~RB-6は、合成例1に準じて、若しくは、既知の方法にて合成したものを用いた。なお、重合体RB-1~RB-6は、比較用重合体に該当する。
[Various components of actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
[Polymer (B)]
The polymers shown in Table 3 (B-1 to B-20 and RB-1 to RB-6) are shown below.
B-6 was synthesized by the synthesis method (Synthesis Example 1) described below. B-1 to B-5, B-7 to B-20, and RB-1 to RB-6 were synthesized according to Synthesis Example 1 or by known methods. Polymers RB-1 to RB-6 are comparative polymers.
 表2に、重合体B-1~B-20及びRB-1~RB-6の組成(原料モノマーの種類、繰り返し単位の組成比(モル%比)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn))を示す。
 なお、重合体B-1~B-20及びRB-1~RB-6の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、重合体の組成比(モル%比)は、13C-NMR(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance)により測定した。
Table 2 shows the compositions of polymers B-1 to B-20 and RB-1 to RB-6 (types of raw material monomers, composition ratios of repeating units (mol %), weight average molecular weights (Mw), and dispersity (Mw/Mn)).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw/Mn) of polymers B-1 to B-20 and RB-1 to RB-6 were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (polystyrene equivalent). The composition ratio (mol % ratio) of the polymers was measured by 13 C-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance).
 また、表2には、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位(表2中、繰り返し単位1として記載)について、A-O-C(=O)-CH=CHで表される化合物におけるSP値(単位MPa1/2)についても示す。
 なお、原料モノマーとしてのH-3は、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位に相当しないが、HN-C(=)OCH-O-C(=O)―CH=CHで表される化合物におけるSP値(単位MPa1/2)を示す。
 また、原料モノマーとしてのO-1、O-3、O-6、O-7は、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位に相当しないが、上記モノマーからそれぞれ、*-OC(=O)-C(=CH)Cl以外の部分と*-O-C(=O)―CH=CHが結合する化合物におけるSP値(単位MPa1/2)を示す。
 SP値は、上述の方法にて測定したものであり、SP値は、上記のソフトウェアHansen Solubility Parameters in Practice(HSPiP)ver.4.1.07によって計算された値である。
Table 2 also shows the SP value (unit: MPa 1/2 ) of the compound represented by A 1 -O-C(═O)-CH═CH 2 for the repeating unit represented by general formula (1) (shown as repeating unit 1 in Table 2).
Although H-3 as a raw material monomer does not correspond to the repeating unit represented by general formula (1), it shows the SP value (unit: MPa 1/2 ) of a compound represented by H 2 N-C(=)OCH 2 -O-C(=O)-CH=CH 2 .
Furthermore, O-1, O-3, O-6, and O-7 as raw material monomers do not correspond to the repeating unit represented by general formula (1), but each of them indicates the SP value (unit: MPa 1/2 ) of a compound in which a portion other than *-OC(=O)-C(=CH 2 )Cl is bonded to *-OC( = O)-CH=CH 2 from the above monomers.
The SP value was measured by the above-mentioned method, and the SP value was calculated by the above-mentioned software Hansen Solubility Parameters in Practice (HSPiP) ver. 4.1.07.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
 上記表2中の重合体B-1~B-20及びRB-1~RB-6において、各原料モノマーは、以下の通りである。
 なお、重合体B-1~B-20において、表1中の繰り返し単位1の原料モノマーは、下記モノマーM-1~M-14から選ばれる上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の原料モノマーである。表1中の繰り返し単位2の原料モノマーは、下記モノマーN-1~N-8から選ばれる上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位の原料モノマーである。
 なお、N-7、N-8において、電子供与性基として示す各基のσp値は、全て0未満であった。
In the polymers B-1 to B-20 and RB-1 to RB-6 in Table 2 above, the respective raw material monomers are as follows.
In polymers B-1 to B-20, the raw material monomer for repeating unit 1 in Table 1 is a raw material monomer for the repeating unit represented by general formula (1) selected from monomers M-1 to M-14 below. The raw material monomer for repeating unit 2 in Table 1 is a raw material monomer for the repeating unit represented by general formula (2) selected from monomers N-1 to N-8 below.
In N-7 and N-8, the σp value of each group shown as an electron-donating group was all less than 0.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
<合成例1:重合体B-6の合成> <Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Polymer B-6>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 窒素気流下にて、シクロヘキサノン0.99gを3つ口フラスコに入れ、これを85℃に加熱した。次いで、上記3つ口フラスコ内に、モノマーM-7aを8.33gと、モノマーN-7を4.13gとトリエチルアミン0.32g、重合開始剤V-601(富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社製)の20質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液を0.23gと、シクロヘキサノンを3.47gとの混合溶液を4時間かけて滴下し、滴下終了後、更に85℃にて2時間反応させた。反応終了後、反応液を放冷した。次いで、放冷後の反応液を、攪拌したメタノール300g中に滴下し、滴下により析出した粉体をろ取して乾燥することで、樹脂B’-6を得た。
 次いで、窒素気流下にて、樹脂B’-6(全量)、シクロヘキサノン12.0g、メタノール12.0gを3つ口フラスコに入れ攪拌した。次いで、上記3つ口フラスコ内に、塩酸(1規定)2gを添加し、40℃にて16時間反応させた。
 反応終了後、反応液を放冷した。次いで、放冷後の反応液を、酢酸エチル200g、水70gを用いて抽出し、更に水洗することで塩酸を除去した。得られた酢酸エチル溶液を濃縮し、メタノール20gに溶解させた後、得られた溶液を水200g中に滴下し、滴下により析出した粉体をろ取して乾燥することで、樹脂B-6を得た。
Under a nitrogen stream, 0.99 g of cyclohexanone was placed in a three-neck flask and heated to 85 ° C. Then, into the three-neck flask, 8.33 g of monomer M-7a, 4.13 g of monomer N-7, 0.32 g of triethylamine, 0.23 g of a 20% by mass solution of polymerization initiator V-601 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and a mixed solution of 3.47 g of cyclohexanone were dropped over 4 hours, and after the dropwise addition, the reaction was allowed to proceed for another 2 hours at 85 ° C. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was allowed to cool. Next, the reaction solution after cooling was dropped into 300 g of stirred methanol, and the powder precipitated by the dropwise addition was filtered and dried to obtain resin B'-6.
Next, Resin B'-6 (total amount), 12.0 g of cyclohexanone, and 12.0 g of methanol were placed in a three-neck flask and stirred under a nitrogen stream. Next, 2 g of hydrochloric acid (1N) was added to the three-neck flask and reacted at 40°C for 16 hours.
After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was allowed to cool. The reaction solution after cooling was then extracted with 200 g of ethyl acetate and 70 g of water, and further washed with water to remove hydrochloric acid. The obtained ethyl acetate solution was concentrated and dissolved in 20 g of methanol, and the obtained solution was dropped into 200 g of water, and the powder precipitated by the dropwise addition was collected by filtration and dried to obtain resin B-6.
 上記樹脂B-6について、13C-NMRから求めた繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比)は、モノマーM-7に由来する繰り返し単位/モノマーN-7に由来する繰り返し単位=54/46であった。また、得られた樹脂B-6についてGPCにて測定された重量平均分子量は、40000であり、分散度(Mw/Mn)は1.79であった。また、残存しているモノマー量を測定した結果、樹脂B-6に対して、0.1質量%以下であった。 The composition ratio (molar ratio) of the repeating units of the resin B-6 determined by 13 C-NMR was 54/46 (repeating units derived from monomer M-7/repeating units derived from monomer N-7). The weight average molecular weight of the obtained resin B-6 measured by GPC was 40,000, and the polydispersity (Mw/Mn) was 1.79. The amount of the remaining monomer was measured, and was found to be 0.1% by mass or less relative to the amount of the resin B-6.
〔オニウム塩化合物(A)〕
 表3に示されるオニウム塩化合物(A-1~A-4)の構造を以下に示す。なお、オニウム塩化合物(A-1~A-4)は、いずれも光分解型オニウム塩化合物に該当する。
[Onium Salt Compound (A)]
The structures of the onium salt compounds (A-1 to A-4) shown in Table 3 are shown below. All of the onium salt compounds (A-1 to A-4) are photodecomposable onium salt compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
〔溶剤〕
 表3に示される溶剤を以下に示す。
 G1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 G2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 G3:ダイアセトンアルコール(DAA)
 G4:γ-ブチロラクトン(GBL)
 G5:乳酸エチル(EL)
 G6:ジメチルホルムアミド
 G7:シクロヘキサノン
 G8:シクロペンタノン
〔solvent〕
The solvents shown in Table 3 are as follows:
G1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
G2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
G3: Diacetone alcohol (DAA)
G4: γ-butyrolactone (GBL)
G5: Ethyl lactate (EL)
G6: Dimethylformamide G7: Cyclohexanone G8: Cyclopentanone
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製]
 表3に示す溶剤以外の各成分を固形分濃度が1.3質量%となるように混合した。次いで、得られた混合液を0.03μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターで濾過してレジスト組成物を調製した。ここで、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。
 表3における重合体、オニウム塩化合物の含有量(質量%)は、組成物の全固形分中の含有量を示す。
得られたレジスト組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
[Preparation of actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The components other than the solvent shown in Table 3 were mixed so that the solid content concentration was 1.3 mass %. The resulting mixture was then filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 μm to prepare a resist composition. Here, the solid content refers to all components other than the solvent.
The contents (% by mass) of the polymer and onium salt compound in Table 3 indicate the contents in the total solid content of the composition.
The resist composition thus obtained was used in the examples and comparative examples.
[パターン形成及び評価]
〔EUV露光によるパターン形成及び評価:実施例1~23、比較例1~6〕
<パターン形成>
 シリコンウエハ上に、下層膜形成用組成物SHB-A940(信越化学工業社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚20nmの下層膜を形成した。その上に、表3に示すレジスト組成物を塗布し、100℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚30nmのレジスト膜を形成した。これにより、レジスト膜を有するシリコンウエハを形成した。
 上述の手順により得られたレジスト膜を有するシリコンウエハに対して、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製、Micro Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupol、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用いてパターン照射を行った。なお、レチクルとしては、ライン:スペース=1:1であるマスクを用いた。
 露光後のレジスト膜を90℃で60秒間ベークした後、酢酸ブチルで30秒間現像し、更に酢酸ブチルでリンスを行い、これをスピン乾燥してパターンを得た。
[Pattern formation and evaluation]
[Pattern formation by EUV exposure and evaluation: Examples 1 to 23, Comparative Examples 1 to 6]
<Pattern formation>
An underlayer film-forming composition SHB-A940 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds to form an underlayer film with a thickness of 20 nm. A resist composition shown in Table 3 was applied thereon and baked at 100° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film with a thickness of 30 nm. In this way, a silicon wafer having a resist film was formed.
The silicon wafer having the resist film obtained by the above procedure was subjected to pattern irradiation using an EUV exposure device (Micro Exposure Tool, NA 0.3, Quadrupol, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech). As a reticle, a mask with a line:space ratio of 1:1 was used.
The exposed resist film was baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds, developed with butyl acetate for 30 seconds, rinsed with butyl acetate, and spin-dried to obtain a pattern.
<感度>
 得られたパターンの断面形状を走査型電子顕微鏡(日立製作所社製S-9380II)を用いて観察した。最小となる線幅(限界解像力:本実施例ではライン幅16~12nm、本比較例ではライン幅21~17nm)の1:1ラインアンドスペースのレジストパターンを解像するときの露光量を感度(Eop)とした。この値が小さいほど、感度が高い。
<Sensitivity>
The cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern was observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-9380II manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). The exposure dose required to resolve a 1:1 line-and-space resist pattern with the smallest line width (limiting resolution: line width 16-12 nm in this example, line width 21-17 nm in this comparative example) was defined as the sensitivity (Eop). The smaller this value, the higher the sensitivity.
<解像性>
 上記感度(Eop)を示す露光量における限界解像力(ラインとスペース(ライン:スペース=1:1)が分離解像する最小の線幅)を解像性(nm)とした。この値が小さいほど、解像性が高い。
<Resolution>
The limiting resolving power (the minimum line width at which a line and a space (line:space=1:1) are resolved separately) at the exposure dose showing the above sensitivity (Eop) was taken as the resolution (nm). The smaller this value, the higher the resolution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
 表3に示す結果から、実施例のレジスト組成物は、超微細のパターン形成において、感度に優れ、且つ、解像性に優れることが明らかである。 The results shown in Table 3 clearly show that the resist composition of the embodiment has excellent sensitivity and resolution in the formation of ultrafine patterns.
〔EB露光によるパターン形成及び評価:実施例1A~23A〕
 実施例の各レジスト組成物を使用してレジスト膜を形成し、電子線にて露光してパターン形成を行った場合においても、EUV露光によるパターン形成を行った場合と同様の傾向の結果が得られた。
[Pattern formation by EB exposure and evaluation: Examples 1A to 23A]
When a resist film was formed using each of the resist compositions of the Examples and then exposed to an electron beam to form a pattern, the results showed the same tendency as when the pattern was formed by EUV exposure.
 本発明によれば、超微細(例えば、線幅20nm以下のラインアンドスペースパターンや孔径20nm以下のホールパターン等)のパターン形成において、感度及び解像性に優れる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供できる。
 また、本発明によれば、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法を提供できる。
According to the present invention, there can be provided an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is excellent in sensitivity and resolution in the formation of ultrafine patterns (for example, a line-and-space pattern having a line width of 20 nm or less, or a hole pattern having a hole diameter of 20 nm or less).
Furthermore, according to the present invention, there can be provided a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method for producing an electronic device, each of which uses the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 なお、本出願は、2022年12月12日出願の日本特許出願(特願2022-198240)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application (Patent Application No. 2022-198240) filed on December 12, 2022, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (10)

  1.  (A)オニウム塩化合物、及び、
     (B)下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有する重合体を含む、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     一般式(1)中、
     Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。
     Aは、A-O-C(=O)―CH=CHで表される化合物におけるSP値が21.00MPa1/2以上である条件を満たす有機基を表す。
     Rは、水素原子、又は有機基を表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     一般式(3)中、
     Yは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
     Aは、芳香環基を表す。
    (A) an onium salt compound, and
    (B) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In the general formula (1),
    X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
    A 1 represents an organic group that satisfies the condition that the SP value in the compound represented by A 1 -O-C(=O)-CH=CH 2 is 21.00 MPa 1/2 or more.
    R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In the general formula (3),
    Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
    A2 represents an aromatic ring group.
  2.  前記一般式(1)中のAが、A-O-C(=O)―CH=CHで表される化合物におけるSP値が21.00~25.00MPa1/2である条件を満たす有機基である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 , wherein A 1 in the general formula (1) is an organic group that satisfies the condition that the SP value in the compound represented by A 1 -O-C(═O)-CH═CH 2 is 21.00 to 25.00 MPa 1/2 .
  3.  前記重合体が、酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位を有する請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the polymer has a repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton.
  4.  前記酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む繰り返し単位が、前記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であり、前記一般式(1)中のAが前記酸性プロトンを有する酸性基を含む有機基を表す、請求項3に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 4. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 3, wherein the repeating unit containing an acidic group having an acidic proton is a repeating unit represented by general formula (1), and A 1 in general formula (1) represents an organic group containing the acidic group having an acidic proton.
  5.  前記一般式(3)中のAが電子供与性基を有する芳香環基である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 , wherein A 2 in the general formula (3) is an aromatic ring group having an electron-donating group.
  6.  前記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(4)で表される繰り返し単位である、請求項5に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     一般式(4)中、
     Yは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
     EDGは電子供与性基を表す。
     Aは置換基を表す。
     mは、1~5の整数を表す。
     pは0~5の整数を表す。但し、1≦m+p≦5を満たす。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 5 , wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (3) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (4):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    In general formula (4),
    Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
    EDG represents an electron donating group.
    A3 represents a substituent.
    m represents an integer of 1 to 5.
    p represents an integer of 0 to 5, provided that 1≦m+p≦5 is satisfied.
  7.  (A)オニウム塩化合物、及び、
     (B)下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位を有する重合体を含む、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     一般式(2)中、
     Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。
     Rは、水素原子、又は有機基を表す。
     Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
     A11は、下記一般式(2a)~(2d)のいずれかで表される基を表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     一般式(2a)中、
     Zは、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。
     ANは、窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
     一般式(2b)中、
     Rは、水素原子、又は置換基を表す。
     Rは、置換基を表す。
     RとRは、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
     一般式(2c)中、
     Rは、アミド基、イミド基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、又は水酸基を表す。
     nは1~5の整数を表す。
     nが2~5の整数を表す場合、複数のRは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
     一般式(2d)中、
     Lは、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
     Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又は窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
     Rは、アルキル基、アリール基、又は窒素含有芳香族基を表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
     一般式(3)中、
     Yは、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
     Aは、芳香環基を表す。
    (A) an onium salt compound, and
    (B) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    In the general formula (2),
    X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
    R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    A 11 represents a group represented by any one of the following general formulas (2a) to (2d).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    In general formula (2a),
    Z represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
    AN represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
    In general formula (2b),
    R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    R2 represents a substituent.
    R1 and R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
    In general formula (2c),
    R3 represents an amide group, an imido group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, or a hydroxyl group.
    n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
    When n is an integer of 2 to 5, multiple R 3 's may be the same or different.
    In general formula (2d),
    L A represents -C(=O)- or -S(=O) 2 -.
    R4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
    R5 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic group.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    In the general formula (3),
    Y represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
    A2 represents an aromatic ring group.
  8.  請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜。 A resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  9.  請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程と、
     前記レジスト膜を露光する工程と、
     前記露光されたレジスト膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を有する、パターン形成方法。
    A step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7;
    exposing the resist film to light;
    and developing the exposed resist film with a developer.
  10.  請求項9に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern formation method according to claim 9.
PCT/JP2023/043179 2022-12-12 2023-12-01 Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method WO2024128040A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022198240 2022-12-12
JP2022-198240 2022-12-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024128040A1 true WO2024128040A1 (en) 2024-06-20

Family

ID=91484837

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/043179 WO2024128040A1 (en) 2022-12-12 2023-12-01 Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202432632A (en)
WO (1) WO2024128040A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001098833A1 (en) * 2000-06-22 2001-12-27 Toray Industries, Inc. Positive type radiation-sensitive composition and process for producing pattern with the same
CN114957532A (en) * 2022-05-26 2022-08-30 广东粤港澳大湾区黄埔材料研究院 Polymer resin for electron beam photoresist and preparation method thereof

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001098833A1 (en) * 2000-06-22 2001-12-27 Toray Industries, Inc. Positive type radiation-sensitive composition and process for producing pattern with the same
CN114957532A (en) * 2022-05-26 2022-08-30 广东粤港澳大湾区黄埔材料研究院 Polymer resin for electron beam photoresist and preparation method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202432632A (en) 2024-08-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7545473B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, compound
JP6997803B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, compound
JP7318129B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
CN115769146A (en) Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern formation method, resist film, method for producing electronic device, compound, and method for producing compound
TW202200635A (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7545484B2 (en) Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7579861B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7434592B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
JPWO2020044771A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP7545483B2 (en) Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
TW201931010A (en) Resist composition, resist film, pattern forming method and method for producing electronic device
WO2024128040A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method
WO2024147288A1 (en) Pattern forming method, pattern forming kit, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2024116797A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern-forming method, and electronic device production method
WO2024116798A1 (en) Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024048462A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and polymer
WO2024147289A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method
WO2023157712A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and polymer
WO2024150676A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
WO2024122346A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024034438A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023189586A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2024150677A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
WO2024024692A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP2024090877A (en) Method for producing photosensitive resin composition

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23903329

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1